aisi 4130

AISI A4130 焊接学习互联网书籍

AISI 4130 高压管线焊接学习

HP Piping Welding 互联网书籍-不占用纸浆的书籍(请不要打印)

-其实我们可以更加环保,只要大家在意点!


Contributors;

Charlie Chong 庄查理

2010 上海

Hejungang 贺俊钢

2010 年韩国

Li XueLiang 李学良

2010 浙江海盐

目录;

1. 热处理与性能

2. 焊接工艺

3. 材料复验与评定照片

4. 制作工艺照片

5. 材料知识

6. 视频学习

7. 规范收集

http://hi.baidu.com/junganghe/


AISI 4130-热处理与性能

AISI 4130 -

Medium-carbon ultrahigh-strength steels

4130 Steel

AISI/SAE 4130 is a water-hardening alloy steel of low-to-intermediate hardenability. It retains good tensile, fatigue,

and impact properties up to about 370 °C (700 °F); however, it has poor impact properties at cryogenic temperatures.

This steel is not subject to temper embrittlement and can be nitrided. It usually is forged at 1100 to 1200 °C (2000 to

2200 °F); finishing temperature should never fall below 980 °C (1800 °F). Available as billet, bar, rod, forgings, sheet,

plate, tubing, and castings, 4130 steel is used to make automotive connecting rods, engine mounting lugs, shafts,

fittings, bushings, gears, bolts, axles, gas cylinders, airframe components, hydraulic lines, and

nitrided machinery parts.

Heat Treatments. The standard heat treatments that apply to 4130 steel are:

Normalize: Heat to 870 to 925 °C (1600 to 1700 °F) and hold for a time period that depends on section thickness;

air cool. Tempering at 480 °C (900 °F) or above is often done after normalizing to increase yield strength

Anneal: Heat to 830 to 860 °C (1525 to 1575 °F) and hold for a time period that depends on section thickness or

furnace load; furnace cool

Harden: Heat to 845 to 870 °C (1550 to 1600 °F) and hold, then water quench; or heat to 860 to 885 °C (1575 to

1625 °F); hold and then oil quench. Holding time depends on section thickness

Temper: Hold at least ½ h to 2h at 200 to 700 °C (400 to 1300 °F); air cool or water quench. Tempering

temperature and time at temperature depend mainly on desired hardness or strength level

Spheroidize: Heat to 760 to 775 °C (1400 to 1425 °F) and hold 6 to 12 h; cool slowly

AISI 4130 各国代号

Category Steel

Class Alloy steel合金钢

Type Standard

Common

Names Chromium-molybdenum steel铬钼钢

Designations France: AFNOR 25 CD 4 (S)

Germany: DIN 1.7218

Italy: UNI 25 CrMo 4 , UNI 25 CrMo 4 KB

Japan: JIS SCCrM 1 , JIS SCM 2

Sweden: SS 2225

United Kingdom: B.S. CDS 110


United States: AMS 6350 , AMS 6350D , AMS 6351A , AMS 6356 , AMS 6360 , AMS 6360F , AMS 6361 , AMS 6362 ,

AMS 6370 , AMS 6370F , AMS 6371 , AMS 6371D , AMS 6373 , AMS 6373A , ASTM A322 , ASTM A331 , ASTM A505 ,

ASTM A513 , ASTM A519 , ASTM A646 , MIL SPEC MIL-S-16974 , SAE J404 , SAE J412 , SAE J770 , UNS G41300

AISI 和 ASTM, AMS(军), Mil(军), SAE 等是美国的行业标准，其推行机构不同，但是指向材料的含义

是一样的。AISI-美国钢铁学会标准，SAE-美国汽车行业, ASTM-美国材料与试验协会标准。AMS Mil

(军) 在美国还有很多其他的标准推行机构，ASME 美国机械工程师协会标准等. 然而民用规范如果

被套上 ANSI 美国国家标准，身价就不一样了.带 ANSI 的是国家认可的规范. 民用行业规范是行业学

会推广的规范,有的被国家认可,有的没被个别认可. 日本也有这种情况发生，有些可能相当于中国原来

的“部标”，只是他们那些没有统一. 补充：它们的成分可能会有微小的差异，但性能差别不大，所以

可以不作区别。其他引用 AISC 4130 材料的规范有 The following specifications cover Alloy Steels

4130;

AISI 4130, AMS 6348, AMS 6350, AMS 6351, AMS 6360, AMS 6361, AMS 6362, AMS 6370, AMS 6371,

AMS 6373, AMS 6374, AMS 6528, AMS 7496, ASTM A29, ASTM A322, ASTM A331, ASTM A506,

ASTM A507, ASTM A513, ASTM A519, ASTM A646 (Forging - Open Die), ASTM A752, ASTM A829

(Plate), MIL S-18729, MIL S-6758, SAE J1397, SAE J404, SAE J412, UNS G41300

Composition 化学成分

Element Weight %

C 0.28-0.33

Mn 0.40-0.60

P 0.035 (max)

S 0.04 (max)

Si 0.15-0.30

Cr 0.80-1.10

Mo 0.15-0.25


Mechanical Properties （退火 865 ° C 状态）

Conditions 状态 Properties 性能

T 试验温度 (°C) Treatment 热处理状态

Density (×1000 kg/m3) 7.7-8.03 25

Poisson's Ratio 0.27-0.30 25

Elastic Modulus (GPa) 190-210 25

Tensile Strength (Mpa) 560.5

Yield Strength (Mpa) 360.6

Elongation (%) 28.2

Reduction in Area (%) 55.6

25 annealed at 865°C

Hardness (HB) 156 25 annealed at 865°C

Impact Strength (J)

(Izod) 61.7 25 annealed at 865°C

AISI 4130- Thermal Properties

Conditions

T (°C) Treatment

Thermal Conductivity (W/m-K)

100 42.7

300 40.6

500 37.3

700 31

1000 28.1

1200 30.1


AISI 4130- Thermal Properties

Conditions

T (°C) Treatment

Specific Heat (J/kg-K)

50-100 477

150-200 515

250-300 544

350-400 595

450-500 657

550-600 737

650-700 825

750-800 833

AISI 4130-Electric Properties

Conditions

T (°C) Treatment

Electrical Resistivity (10-9-m)

20 223

100 271

200 342

400 529

600 786

800 1103

1000 1171

1200 1222


ASTM A4130 原材料在不同的热处理下会产生不同相应的机械性能,下面为参考:

AISI 4130-热处理与抗拉强度关系

Conditions

T (°C) Treatment

Tensile Properties

Tensile Strength (MPa) 560.5

Yield Strength (MPa) 360.6

Elongation (%) 28.2

25 annealed at 865°C


Tensile Strength (MPa) 668.8

Yield Strength (MPa) 436.4

Elongation (%) 25.5

25 normalized at 870°C


Tensile Strength (MPa) 1627

Yield Strength (MPa) 1462

Elongation (%) 10

25 water quenched, fine grained, tempered at 205°C

Reduction in Area (%) 41



Elongation (%) 11





Elongation (%) 13





Elongation (%) 17



25 water quenched, fine grained, tempered at 650°C Tensile Strength (MPa) 814



Elongation (%) 22


AISI 4130-冲击与热处理关系

Conditions Impact Energy (J)

T (°C) Treatment Method Value

25 annealed at 865°C Izod 61.7

25 normalized at 870°C Izod 86.4

AISI 4130-硬度与热处理关系

Conditions Hardness

T (°C) Treatment Method Value

25 annealed at 865°C HB 156

25 normalized at 870°C HB 197

25 water quenched, fine grained, tempered at 205°C HB 467






AISI 4130-焊接程序

以水淬，晶体细粒化，650℃回火为例子产生的抗拉 814MPa 屈服 703Mpa

在母材化学成分的微调下这抗拉与屈服能上下调动大约 10～15Mpa.

设计工程师在设计高压管线时应当考虑到下面因素；

1. 焊后热处理温度要求

2. NACE MR01-75 要求

3. 硬度要求

值得一提的是 ASTM A4130 不在 ASME B31.3 Table A-1 或 ASME IX QW/QB422 的推荐材料单里, A4130 归类

为 P4A3 是不对的 B31.3 Table 331.1.1 要求的 704-746°C 焊后热处理没必要执行.

焊后热处理的温度不允许高于母材调质温度.太高的焊后热处理温度要求必须提高母材调质温度，这样就降低材

料抗拉与屈服从而放弃采用 A4130 高强度的原宗旨.

碳素钢和低合金钢(包含 A4130), 按照 NACE 5.3.1.2 ，5.3.1.3 和 5.3.1.4 下面是这三章的大意；

1. 不允许大于 1%Ni 镍含量的焊接材料.

2. 22HRC 硬度上线能用合适的焊接工艺来达到.

3. 相关焊接工艺支持焊接评定必须文档记录相关的焊接参数这包含母材焊材的化学成分，焊接电流

参数，实际测量到的母材，焊肉与热影响区的硬度.

4. 焊评必须说明如何确保实际生产工件符合 22HRC.

5. 如果以上 1～4 不能确保-必须执行焊后热处理不少于 621℃

6. 在能确保 1～4 的条件下甚至不需要任何热处理也符合 NACE MR01-75 要求(比如 API 5LB 管材用

于带硫化氢低压管线).

回到主题 A4130 不热处理焊后硬度是不可能小于22HRC 的,虽然焊后热处理是必要的,温度必没有特别规范要求.

NACE MR01-75,,材料 3.2.2.1, 10.1 与 Table D2 只要 SCC/SSC NACE TM0177 应力腐蚀裂纹/硫化物应力开裂

实验合格高硬度母材 30HRC 是能接受的.

如何达到 22HRC

总所周知“质量不是检出来的”生产车间的投入是必要的设备投入也是成功的关键

一个常见的焊接错误是在正常预热焊接,焊接完毕后，在预热温度下直接焊后热处理。

这个错误常发生在当焊接出现裂缝的情况下。


这个错误往往会加剧裂缝的发生！。。焊接完毕后，应当让焊缝完全的冷却低于 Mf 马氏体完全变态温度(甚至用

干二氧化碳冷却更好).这样确保热处理前没有残余奥氏体和热处理后后的晶体为回火马氏体

焊后不冷却直接的热处理，残余奥氏体当热处理冷却后，转变为马氏体而不是回火马氏体。这马氏体也裂缝产

生重要因素之一.

基本设计要求；

ASME B31.3 高压管线：抗拉 724Mpa 和屈服 586Mpa 冲击温度 -20°C 母材焊材硬度 22HRC 符合 NACE

MR01-75

相应的热处理与焊接要求;

母材热处理水淬，晶体细粒化，630℃～650℃回火

焊后热处理温度不能高于 630℃, 焊后热处理温度一般低于 25℃-用 615℃ (注 1)

解说;

热处理“保温时间”对机械性能不会有很大的影响，反之“最高温度”对机械性能的影响较大)

注：根部与热填充焊接焊材 CHG-55B2 明显的相对低抗拉与屈服是正确的选择.在综合评定试件达到设计基本要

求下，降低根部强度能确保根部硬度符合要求. 生产线上非破坏性的测试硬度只能对管线盖面焊接测试对根部

焊接因在管线内侧而不能测试.

注:


WPS 焊接评定

http://bbs.51cysb.com/thread-57376-1-1.html

Filler Metal Current Weld / Layer Process

Name Lot Diameter

mm

polarity Ampere

A

Voltage

V

Travel

Speed

cm/min

Inter-pass

Temperature

°C

Heat

Input

KJ/cm

Root 根 1 GTAW CHG-55B2 2.4 DCEN 114 15 7.8 207 13.2

2* GTAW CHG-55B2 2.4 DCEN 140 16 10.8 208 12.4

3 SMAW CHE 707 4.0 DCEP 161 24 10 212 23.2

Fill 填

充

4~8 SMAW CHE 707 4.0 DCEP 171 25 11.4 228 22.3

9 SMAW CHE 707 4.0 DCEP 160 24 17.8 220 12.9

10 SMAW CHE 707 4.0 DCEP 160 24 17.8 222 12.9

Cap 盖

面

11 SMAW CHE 707 4.0 DCEP 160 24 17.8 230 12.9

Note 注 2*: 第二道也叫 hot-pass 和根部焊接同个时候完成以确保一定的强度支撑坡口组对

CHG-55B2 化学成分

C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu

0.08 1.10 0.52 0.012 0.015 1.25 0.50 0.17

CHG-55B2 机械性能

抗拉强度 бb（MPa）屈服点 б0.2（MPa）伸长率δ5（%）冲击功 Akv（室温）J 试验条件

620 505 23 80 690℃×1h

CHG-55B2 符合：JIS YGT1CM 相当：GB/T ER55-B2 AWS ER80S-B2 说明：CHG-55B2 是 1.25%Cr-0.5%Mo

系珠光体型耐热钢用钨极氩焊丝（TIG 焊丝）.该焊丝具有良好的可焊性和综合机械性能.

参照本说明书之《MIG、TIG 焊丝及不锈钢弧焊丝》

“接注意事项” 应条款及以下说明：

1. 保护条件建议：请采用纯氩气体；保护气体流量：电流在 100-200A 时 9-14L/min、电流在 200-300A 时

14-18L/min；钨极伸出长度约为 3-5mm、弧长 1-3mm；风速限制≤1.0M/s；建议在焊接区背面通氩气保护。

预热及道间温度要求控制在 180-300℃之间，焊后热处理温度应在 620-690℃之间。为了保证焊缝金属强度，

在 620℃温度下回火时间不应超过 30h，否则相应降低回火温度。

2. 焊接线能量的增大将导致焊接头晶粒粗大，从而严重恶化焊接接头的综合机械性能。建议采用小线能量焊

接达到细化晶粒提高性能的目的（该建议是建立在焊前预热、道间温度控制在≥180℃条件下，目的是预防

马氏体淬硬组织的过多生成。


3. 以上 1-3 条之焊接方法、条件及规范的建议仅供参考，用户在将焊丝用于正式产品焊接前应根据自身特点

进行工艺评定。

4. 焊丝入厂后应存放在干燥通风环境中。不要随意打开防潮包装，一旦打开应尽快用完。在运输及堆放焊丝

时应小心不要弄坏防潮包装。焊丝存放时间不宜过长。焊接前应严格清除焊接区的油、锈、水分等杂质。

CHE707(J707) 符合：GB E7015-D2

相当：AWS E10015-G

说明：CHE707 是低氢钠型药皮的低合金钢焊条，采用直流反接。用途：用于焊接 15MnMoV、14MnMoVB、

18MnMnNb 等。焊后结构可在焊态或回火（550-650℃）条件下工作。

C Mn Si S P Mo

≤0.15 1.65-2.00 ≤0.60 ≤0.035 ≤0.035 0.25-0.45

熔敷金属力学性能：(620 ×1h℃ 回火)

Akv 冲击功（J）抗拉强度

（бb）MPa

屈服点

（бs）MPa

伸长率（δ5）

% -30℃

≥690 ≥590 ≥15 ≥27

参考电流：（DC＋）

焊条直径

（mm） 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 5.8

焊接电流（A） 40-70 60-90 80-110 130-170 160-220 210-260

注意事项：

1. 焊前焊条须经 350～380℃烘焙 1 小时,随烘随用。

2. 焊前必须对焊件清除铁锈、油污、水份等杂质。

3. 焊接时必须用短弧操作,以窄道焊为宜。

NACE 01-75 2003 规定对于碳钢和低合金钢要求; 3.2.1 所有碳钢和低合金钢是可以接受的最高硬度为 22HRC 在以下条件下（一）含有少于 1％的镍 (二) 冷锻或其他制造工艺，在工件外层纤维永久变形结果大于 5％时必

须热应力消除.

Welding Procedure Specification

焊接工艺规程(WPS)

WPS No: 2009-001

Rev 版次：1

SHEET: 1 OF 2

Pre’d 编制人： Date 日期

App’d 批准人： Date 日期

PQR No. 工艺评定报告编号： HP2009-001

Welding Method 焊接方法：■SMAW ■GTAW □GMAW □FCAW □SAW Other 其它

Type 机械化程度：■Manual 手工 □semi-automatic 半自动 □Automatic 自动

Applicable Code 标准： ASME-IX

Joints 焊接接头(QW-402)：

Joint Design 坡口形式： See Detail 见详图

Backing 衬垫： Yes 有□ NO 无■

Backing Material(Type)衬垫材料（型式）

□金属 □不熔金属 □非金属 □其它材料

Metal Nonfusing Metal Nonmetallic Other

NACE MRO175-2005 Compliance

■YES □NO

Detail 详图：

接头形式简图： Joint Detail:

Base Metal 母材(QW-403)：

P-No. 类别号 - Group No.组号 - to 与 P-No.与类别号 - Group No.组号 -

or 或 Specification type and grade 钢号和等级 ASTM A519 -4130

to 与 Specification type and grade 钢号和等级 ASTM A519 -4130

or 或 Chem.Analysis and Mech.Prop.化学成分和力学性能 -

to 与 Chem.Analysis and Mech.Prop.化学成分和力学性能 -

Thickness 厚度范围：

Base Metal：Groove 对接焊缝 5~60mm(without CVN) / 16~60mm(with CVN)

Fillet 角焊缝 UNLIMITED 不限

Pipe Dia. 管径： UNLIMITED 不限 Fillet 角焊缝 UNLIMITED 不限

Other 其他每层焊道不允许超过 13mm ( No Pass Greater than 13mm)

Filler Metals 焊接材料(QW-404)：

SFA No.

AWS NO.分类号

F-NO.

A-NO.

Size of Filler Metals 焊条尺寸：

Weld Metal Thickness Range 熔敷金属厚度范围：

Groove 坡口焊缝

Fillet 角焊缝

Electrode-Flux（Class）焊丝-焊剂（分类号）

Flux Trade 焊剂商标

Consumable Insert 可熔化嵌条

Other 其它

SAW

AWS A5.28

CHG-55B2 (ER80S-B2)

6

11

2.0~3.0mm

≤8mm

all

-

-

-

-

SMAW

AWS A5.5

CHE707( E10015-D2 )

4

11

2.5~5.0mm

≤52mm

all

-

-

-

-

Welding Procedure Specification

焊接工艺规程(WPS)

WPS No:

WPS2009-001

Rev 版次：0

SHEET: 2 OF 2

Position 焊接位置(QW-405)

Position(s) of Groove 坡口位置：UNLIMITED

Welding Progression 焊接方向： ■

Uphill 向上 □Downhill 向下

Position(s) of Fillet 角焊缝位置： UNLIMITED

PWHT 焊后热处理（QW-407）

Temp. Range 温度范围 620~630 ℃

Time Range 保温时间 Min 2h (1HR/INCH)

Other 其它： Electric heating 电加热带

Preheat 预热（QW-406）

Preheat Temp. Min.最低的预热温度 165~230 ℃

Interpass Temp. Max 最大层间温度 ≤240 ℃

Preheat Maintenance 预热保持方式

Electric heating 电加热带

Gas 气体(QW-408) （含量百分比Per. composition）

Gas（es） Mixture Flow Rate

气体混合比流量

Shielding 保护气 Ar Pure Gas(99.9%) 12-25L-Min

Trailing 尾部保护气 - - -

Backing 背部保护气 - - -

Electrical Characteristics 电特性(QW-409)

Current 电流种类 ■DC 直流 □AC 交流 Type Polar 极性: ■ EP 正极 ■ EN 正极

安培（范围）Amps Range See Table Below 伏特 Volts（ Range） See Table Below

Filler Metal

焊接材料

Current

焊接电流 Weld layer（s）

焊缝层数

Welding

Process

焊接方法 Class

商标

Dia.

直径(mm)

Polar

极性

Amp.

电流(A)

Volt.

电压 (V)

Travel Speed

焊接速度

(cm-min)

热输入

Heat

impact

(KJ/mm)

ROOT(1) GTAW CHG-55B2 2.5 DCEN 80~120 10~15 5~8 1.2~2.7

2 GTAW CHG-55B2 2.5 DCEN 80~120 10~15 5~8 1.2~2.7

3 SMAW CHE 707 3.2 DCEP 120~180 20~28 5~10 2.3~2.9

4-其余 Other SMAW CHE 707 4.0 DCEP 120~180 20~28 5~10 2.4~4.1

CAP SMAW CHE 707 3.2 DCEP 120~180 20~28 5~10 2.3~2.9

Tungsten Electrode Size and Type 钨极规格及类型

Tungsten Electrode Size 钨极规格： φ2.5 Type 类型： Cerium Tungsten Electrode 铈钨极

Mode of Metal Transfer for GMAW 熔化极气体保护焊熔滴过渡形式：□Spray 喷射过渡 □Short 短路过渡

Electrode Wire Feed Speed Range 焊丝送进速度范围 - .

Technique 技术措施(QW-410)

String or Weave Bead 摆动焊或不摆动焊接： □Weave 摆动焊 ■String 不摆动

Orifice or Gas Cup Size 喷孔或喷嘴尺寸 - mm

Initial and Interpass Cleaning 焊前清理或层间清理：Clean rim of groove,remove dirt 清理坡口边缘，去除铁锈，油污，水分等

Method of Back Gouging 背部清根方法 NA .

Oscillation 摆动方式: String 不摆动

Contact Tube To Work Distance 导电嘴与工件距离: -

Pass 多道焊或单道焊： ■Multiple 多道焊 □ Single 单道焊

Electrode 多丝焊或单丝焊： □Multiple 多丝焊 ■Single 单丝焊

Peening 锤击： □Yes 有 ■No 无

Travel Speed Range 焊接速度范围 5~10cm-min

Other 其他

Welding Procedure Qualification Record

焊接工艺评定报告 ( PQR )

PQR No:

HP2009-001

SHEET：1 OF 2

Welding Process 焊接方法： ■SMAW ■GTAW □GMAW □FCAW □SAW Other 其它

Types 机械化程度：■Manual 手工 □Semi-automatic 半自动 □ Automatic 自动

Base MetalS 母材（QW-403）

Material Spec.材料标准号： ASTM A519

Type or Grade 型号和等级： 4130

P-No. / to 与 P-No.类 / 相焊

Thickness of Test Coupon 厚度： 30mm

Diameter of Test Coupon 直径： φ141.3mm

Other 其他： /

接头形式简图： Joint Detail:

Filler Metals 填充金属(QW-404)

SFA Spec. AWS A5.28

AWS Classification CHG-55B2

(ER80S-B2)

F - NO. 6

A - NO. 11

Size 焊材规格： φ2.5m

Other 其它： GTAW

Weld Metal Thickness

熔敷金属厚度 GTAW：4.0mm

AWS A5.5

CHE707

(E10015-D2 )

4

11

φ3.2/φ4.0mm

SMAW

SMAW：27.5mm

Gas 气体(QW-408) 含量百分比Per. composition

Gas（es） Mixture Flow Rate

气体混合比流量

Shielding 保护气 Ar Pure Gas(99.9%) 12-22l/min

Trailing 尾部保护气 / / /

Backing 背部保护气 / / /

Position 焊接位置(QW-405)

Position of Groove 对接焊缝位置： 6G

Welding Progression 焊接方向:■Uphill 向上□Downhill 向下

Other 其它： N/A

Preheat 预热(QW-406)

Preheat Temp. 预热温度： 165 ℃

Interpass Temp. 层间温度： 165~230 ℃


Electrical Characteristics 电特性(QW-409)

Current 电流种类： ■DC 直流 □AC 交流

Polarity 极性： GTAW ■DCEN 直流正接

SMAW ■DCEP 直流反接

Amp.焊接电流(A)：GTAW：80-120；SMAW：120-180

Volt.电压(V)： GTAW10-15；SMAW：20-28

Tungsten Electrode Size 钨极尺寸： 2.5 mm

Other 其他 /

PWHT 焊后热处理(QW-407)

Temperture 温度： 620~630 ℃.

Time 恒温时间： 2 h


Technique 技术措施(QW-410)

Travel Speed 焊接速度： 5-10 cm/min

String or Weave Bead■ String 不摆动：□Weave 摆动

Oscillation 横摆参数 /

Pass 多道焊或单道焊：■Multi 多道焊 □Single 单道焊

Single or Multiple Eletrodes：

□Multiple 多丝焊 ■Single 单丝焊

Other 其他： /

Welding Procedure Qualification Record

焊接工艺评定报告 ( PQR )

PQR No:

HP2009-001

SHEET：2 OF 2

Tensile Test 拉伸试验(QW-150)

Specimen No.

试样编号

Width

宽(mm)

Thickness

厚(mm)

Area

面积(mm2)

Ultimate Total

Load

断裂载荷(KN)

δs

屈服强度

(Mpa)

δb

抗拉强度

(Mpa)

Failure Location

断裂部位和特征

HP2009-001-1 30.50 19.22 586 429 621 725 Weld Broken/Ductile Fracture

HP2009-001-2 29.18 18.78 548 406 623 735 Weld Broken/Ductile Fracture

Guided Bend Tests 导向弯曲试验(QW-160)

Specimen No. 试样编号 Type and Figure 类型弯心半径（mm）Bend Radius 弯曲角度（°）Bend Angle Result 结论

HP2009-001-3 侧弯 Side Bend 4t 180 合格 Acceptable




Toughness Tests 冲击试验(QW-170)

Impact Values

冲击吸收功 Specimen No. 试样编号 Notch Location

缺口位置

Specimen Size

试样尺寸

Test Temp.

试验温度(℃) J %Shear 剪切面 Mils10-3in.

落锤试验

(Y/N)

HP2009-001-W-1 焊缝中心 Welding center 10×10×55 -20 28 / / Y



HP2009-001-H-1 热影响 Heat affect zone 10×10×55 -20 217 / / Y



HP2009-001-M-1 母材 Base Metal 10×10×55 -20 196 / / Y



Fillet-Weld Test 角焊缝试验(QW-180) Result-Satisfactory：结果是否满意：Yes 是 □ NO 否□ Penetration into Parent Metal 熔合母材： Yes 是□ NO 否□ Macro-Result 宏观检验结果： ACC

Other Test 其它试验 Type of Test 试验类型： RT：ASME V ACC Deposit Analysis 熔敷金属成分： / Other 其它： Hardness Test ACC

Hardness(HB) Specimen No.

试样编号 Material Heat affect zone Welding bead Heat affect zone Material Remark

207 212 221 221 207 203 up

205 202 215 212 196 198 center HP2009-001-8

197 213 218 216 210 214 under

Comments 说明： The detail data see the hardness test report .

Welder 焊工姓名:

李珍 Ms. Li Zhen 李滨 Mr. Li Bin

Clock No. 焊工代号:

H472 537

Weld Date 焊接日期:

2009.03.19

Test conducted by 试验执行人: 姜焕锦 Mr Jiang Huanjin Laboratory Test No.实验室编号 2008-462 We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared，welded,and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code。兹证明本报告所述均属正确，并且试验是根据 ASME 规范第 IX 卷的要求进行试件的准备、焊接和试验的。 Manufacturer JCCCSH DATE 2009-4-7 By 李学良 Mr. Li Xueliang


AISI 4130-材料复验与评定照片 30CrMo 金相图淬火/回火资料不详

100x 条状魏氏体铁素体,球状费氏体和索氏体与少量的贝氏体



国外接受 A4130 材料在上海复验

A4130 金相图淬火/回火资料不详 100x 500x 1000x

Widmanstätten ferrite with globular troostite and sorbite and some bainite

条状魏氏体铁素体,球状费氏体和索氏体与少量的贝氏体

Widmanstätten ferrite-白色条状魏氏体铁素体.

globular troostite-黑色球状费氏体.

Sorbite-黑色在条状之间索氏体

bainite-少量的贝氏体(回火马氏体状-在白色条状穿插)？

A4130; 抗拉 750Mpa 屈服 615Mpa 冲击 -46 Degree C - 15J /4J /14J 硬度：242/242/237 HB

注: 此材料拒收因冲击不合格



焊接评定进行中



焊接评定进行中: 韩工在关注



AISI 4130-制作工艺照片


AISI 4130-材料知识

Fig. 20 Transmission electron micrograph showing the microstructure of 4130 steel water quenched from 900 °C

(1650°F) and tempered at 650 °C (1200 °F) Courtesy of F. Woldow


Properties. Table 2 summarizes the typical properties obtained by tempering water-quenched and oil-quenched 4130

steel bars at various temperatures. Because 4130 steel has low hardenability, section thickness must be considered when

heat treating to high strength (see Table 3 ).

Table 2 Typical mechanical properties of heat-treated 4130 steel


Fig. 14 Calculated hardness (dashed line) and reported hardness (solid line) from a Jominy test of AISI 4130 steel. Source:

Ref 10, 11


Fig. 9 Isothermal transformation (upper) and CCT (lower) diagrams for AISI 4130 steel containing 0.30% C, 0.64% Mn, 1.0%

Cr, and 0.24% Mo. The IT diagram illustrates the input data representation for calculations described in the text. The CCT

diagrams are computed (dashed lines) and experimentally determined (solid lines). Source: Ref 10, 11

Table 3 Recommended annealing temperatures for alloy steels (furnace cooling)

Annealing Temperature AISI/SAE

Steel °C °F

Hardness

Max HB

4130 790-845 1450-1550 174

Heating cycles that employ austenitizing temperatures in the upper ends of the ranges given in Table 3


should result in pearlitic structures. Predominantly spheroidized structures should be obtained when lower

temperatures are used. When alloy steel is annealed to obtain a specific microstructure, greater precision is

required in specifying temperatures and cooling conditions for annealing. Table 4 presents, for a variety of

standard alloy steels, typical schedules for such annealing operations.

Table 4 Recommended temperatures and time cycles for annealing of alloy steels

(a) The steel is cooled in the furnace at the indicated rate through the temperature range shown.

(b) The steel is cooled rapidly to the temperature indicated and is held at that temperature for the time specified.

TTT Diagrams. TTT curves are usually produced by solution treating (austenitizing) small samples of steel

at the appropriate temperature for the alloy, quickly transferring samples to a lead or salt bath, holding for

selected periods of time, and water quenching. The microstructure of each sample after quenching is

examined to determine the point in time when the transformation to ferrite, pearlite, or bainite began and the

rate at which the transformation progressed with increasing isothermal holding time. The start of

transformation in TTT curves is usually defined as the time required to produce 0.1% transformation at the

specified holding temperature. The TTT curve for 4130 steel (see Fig. 35) is usually interpreted to mean that

the steel must be cooled past 540 °C (1000 °F) and to the start of the martensitic transformation (Ms) in less

than about 1.5 s to produce a fully martensitic structure or must be cooled from the austenitizing

temperatures and to the Ms in about 10 s to produce a 50% martensitic structure. Slower cooling rates may

result in less than 50% hardening.


Fig. 35 TTT diagram for 4130 low-alloy steel The CCT diagram for an AISI 4130 steel is shown in Fig. 36. This diagram indicates that a fully martensitic

microstructure in this alloy requires a cooling rate above 170 °C/s (300 °F/s) at 705 °C (1300 °F). Achieving

a 50% martensitic microstructure requires a minimum cooling rate of about 65 °C/s (120 °F/s) at 705 °C

(1300 °F).


Fig. 36 CCT diagram for 4130 low-alloy steel with 0.30C -0.25Si-0.50 Mn-0.020P-0.020 S-1.00 Cr-0.20 Mo composition tested at 750 °C (1380 °F). Calculated critical cooling rate is 143 °C/s (258 °F/s). Approximate TTP curves have been developed for the compositions of 4130 steel in Table 10. These TTP

curves are illustrated in Fig. 38. These C curves are plotted for times to 1000 s (16.7 min) rather than the

usual 106 s (20 days) used in many published diagrams. Transformations that occur over a 20 day period are

of little interest in heat-treating operations. At 595 °C (1100 °F), the transformation begins in about 0.15 s in

the low specification composition, in 1 s in the actual composition, and after about 3 s in the high

specification composition. The C curves illustrate the shift in the start of transformation with alloy content.

The mathematical expression describing the curves allows hardness predictions to be made under a wide

variety of quenching conditions.

Table 10 Comparison of actual chemical composition with chemical composition limits of AISI 4130 steel


Fig. 38 Approximate TTP curves for 4130 low-alloy steel compositions in Table 10

Fig. 74 Cooling curves obtained in quenching 4130 steel tubing in gas, oil, and still air (normalizing)

Hardness, HRC, after tempering for 2 h at (°C) Grade C %

205 260 315 370 425 480 540 595 650

Heat treatment

4130 0.30 47 45 43 42 38 34 32 26 22 Normalized at 885 °C (1625 °F),

water quenched from 800-855 °C

(1475-1575 °F); average dew point,

16 °C (60 °F)

Table 1 Typical hardness of various carbon and alloy steels after tempering


Fig. 23 Room-temperature Charpy V-notch impact energy versus tempering temperature for 4130, 4140, and 4150 steels austenitized at 900 °C (1650 °F) and tempered 1 h at temperatures shown. Source: Ref 21

Fig. 12 CCT diagrams for AISI 4130 steel. (a) Water quench, 0.8 R specimens. (b) Water quench, center of specimen. (c) Oil

quench, 0.8 R specimens. (d) Oil quench, center of specimen. Source: Ref 19.


Table 2 Typical heat-treatment temperatures of various medium-carbon low-alloy steels with yield strengths

above 1380 MPa (200 ksi)

Steel

type

Normalizing(a) Annealing(b) Hardening(a)

WQ/OQ

Tempering(c) Stress relief(d) Maximum

spheroidizing

temperature(e)

°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F

4130 870

-925

1600

-1700

830

-870

1525

-1600

845

-870

1550

-1660

200

-700

400

-1300

650

-675

1200

-1250

760

-765

1400

-1425

860

-885

1575

-1625

Table 3 Typical mechanical properties of heat-treated 4130 /典型机械性能

Tempering Temp. Tensile strength Yield strength Izod impact energy

°C °F MPa ksi MPa ksi

Elong. in

50mm %

Red. In area

%

Hardness

HB J Ft.lb

Water quenched and tempered(a) 水淬和回火

205 400 1765 256 1520 220 10.0 33.0 475 18 13

260 500 1670 242 1430 208 11.5 37.0 455 14 10

315 600 1570 228 1340 195 13.0 41.0 425 14 10

370 700 1475 214 1250 182 15.0 45.0 400 20 15

425 800 1380 200 1170 170 16.5 49.0 375 34 25

540 1000 1170 170 1000 145 20.0 56.0 325 81 60

650 1200 965 140 830 120 22.0 63.0 270 135 100

Oil quenched and tempered(b)

205 400 1550 225 1340 195 11.0 38.0 450 . .

260 500 1500 218 1275 185 11.5 40.0 440 . .

315 600 1420 206 1210 175 12.5 43.0 418 . .

370 700 1320 192 1120 162 14.5 48.0 385 . .

425 800 1230 178 1030 150 16.5 54.0 360 . .

540 1000 1030 150 840 122 20.0 60.0 305 . .

650 1200 830 120 670 97 24.0 67.0 250 . .

(a) 25 mm (1 in.) diameter round bars quenched from 845 to 870 °C (1550 to 1600 °F).

(b) 25 mm (1 in.) diameter round bars quenched from 860 °C (1575 °F)


Note: Round bars oil quenched from 845 °C (1550 °F) and tempered at 540 °C (1000 °F); 12.83 mm (0.505 in.)

diameter tensile


AISI 4130-视频学习

4130配管焊接后,热处理后的检验工作高压配管尺寸校核01-:http://v.youku.com/v_show/id_XMTcyNjU1Mjg4.html 高压配管尺寸校核02-:http://v.youku.com/v_show/id_XMTcyNjgxNjM2.html 验收硬度检测01-:http://v.youku.com/v_show/id_XMTcyNjkzMzMy.html 磁粉检测01-:http://v.youku.com/v_show/id_XMTcyNzE1MzE2.html 磁粉检测02-:http://v.youku.com/v_show/id_XMTcyODE4Nzc2.html


AISI 4130 规范收集

CO

Standard Material Requirements

Metals for Sulfide Stress Cracking and Stress Corrosion Cracking Resistance

in Sour Oilfield Environments

This NACE International standard represents a consensus of those individual members who have reviewed this document, its scope, and provisions. Its acceptance does not in any respect preclude anyone, whether he has adopted the standard or not, from manufacturing, marketing, purchasing, or using products, processes, or procedures not in conformance with this standard. Nothing contained in this NACE International standard is to be construed as granting any right, by implication or otherwise, to manufacture, sell, or use in connection with any method, apparatus, or product covered by Letters Patent, or as indemnifying or protecting anyone against liability for infringement of Letters Patent. This standard represents minimum requirements and should in no way be interpreted as a restriction on the use of better procedures or materials. Neither is this standard intended to apply in all cases relating to the subject. Unpredictable circumstances may negate the usefulness of this standard in specific instances. NACE International assumes no responsibility for the interpretation or use of this standard by other parties and accepts responsibility for only those official NACE International interpretations issued by NACE International in accordance with its governing procedures and policies which preclude the issuance of interpretations by individual volunteers. Users of this NACE International standard are responsible for reviewing appropriate health, safety, environmental, and regulatory documents and for determining their applicability in relation to this standard prior to its use. This NACE International standard may not necessarily address all potential health and safety problems or environmental hazards associated with the use of materials, equipment, and/or operations detailed or referred to within this standard. Users of this NACE International standard are also responsible for establishing appropriate health, safety, and environmental protection practices, in consultation with appropriate regulatory authorities if necessary, to achieve compliance with any existing applicable regulatory requirements prior to the use of this standard. CAUTIONARY NOTICE: NACE International standards are subject to periodic review, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time without prior notice. NACE International requires that action be taken to reaffirm, revise, or withdraw this standard no later than five years from the date of initial publication. The user is cautioned to obtain the latest edition. Purchasers of NACE International standards may receive current information on all standards and other NACE International publications by contacting the NACE International Membership Services Department, 1440 South Creek Dr., Houston, Texas 77084-4906 (telephone +1 [281]228-6200).

Revised 2003-01-17

Approved March 1975 NACE International

1440 South Creek Dr. Houston, Texas 77084-4906

+1 (281)228-6200

ISBN 1-57590-021-1 © 2003, NACE International

NACE Standard MR0175-2003 Item No. 21302

PYRIGHT 2003; NACE International Document provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 04/09/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callthe Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

COP

MR0175-2003

NACE International i

________________________________________________________________________

Foreword

This NACE standard materials requirement is one step in a series of committee studies, reports, symposia, and standards that have been sponsored by former Group Committee T-1 (Corrosion Control in Petroleum Production) relating to the general problems of sulfide stress cracking (SSC) and stress corrosion cracking (SCC) of metals. Much of this work has been directed toward the oil- and gas-production industry. This standard is a materials requirement for metals used in oil and gas service exposed to sour gas, to be used by oil and gas companies, manufacturers, engineers, and purchasing agents. Many of the guidelines and specific requirements in this standard are based on field experience with the materials listed, as used in specific components, and may be applicable to other components and equipment in the oil-production industry or to other industries, as determined by the user. Users of this standard must be cautious in extrapolating the content of this standard for use beyond its scope. The materials, heat treatments, and metal-property requirements given in this standard represent the best judgment of Task Group 081 (formerly T-1F-1) and its administrative Specific Technology Group (STG) 32 on Oil and Gas Production—Metallurgy (formerly Unit Committee T-1F on Metallurgy of Oilfield Equipment). This NACE standard updates and supersedes all previous editions of MR0175. The original 1975 edition of the standard superseded NACE Publication 1F166 (1973 Revision) titled “Sulfide Cracking-Resistant Metallic Materials for Valves for Production and Pipeline Service,” and NACE Publication 1B163 titled “Recommendation of Materials for Sour Service” (which included Tentative Specifications 150 on valves, 51 on severe weight loss, 60 on tubular goods, and 50 on nominal weight loss). This standard will be revised as necessary to reflect changes in technology. (See Sections 13, 14, and 15.) Whenever possible, the recommended materials are defined by reference to accepted generic descriptors (such as UNS(1) numbers) and/or accepted standards, such as AISI,(2) API,(3) ASTM,(4) or DIN(5) standards.

In NACE standards, the terms shall, must, should, and may are used in accordance with the definitions of these terms in the NACE Publications Style Manual, 4th ed., Paragraph 7.4.1.9. Shall and must are used to state mandatory requirements. Should is used to state something considered good and is recommended but is not mandatory. May is used to state something considered optional. This NACE International standard represents a consensus of those individual members who have reviewed this document, its scope, and provisions. Its acceptance does not in any respect preclude anyone, whether he has adopted the standard or not, from manufacturing, marketing, purchasing, or using products, processes, or procedures not in conformance with this standard. Nothing contained in this NACE International standard is to be construed as granting any right, by implication or otherwise, to manufacture, sell, or use in connection with any method, apparatus, or product covered by Letters Patent, or as indemnifying or protecting anyone against liability for infringement of Letters Patent. This standard represents minimum requirements and should in no way be interpreted as a restriction on the use of better procedures or materials.

(1) Metals and Alloys in the Unified Numbering System (latest revision), a joint publication of ASTM International (ASTM) and the Society of Automotive Engineers Inc. (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096. (2) American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), 1101 17th St. NW, Suite 1300, Washington, DC 20036. (3) American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L St. NW, Washington, DC 20005. (4) ASTM International (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor Dr., West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959. (5) Deutsches Institut für Normung (DIN), Burggrafenstrasse 6, D-10787 Berlin, Germany.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

YRIGHT 2003; NACE International Document provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 04/09/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callthe Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

C

MR0175-2003

ii NACE International

________________________________________________________________________

NACE International

Standard Material Requirements

Metals for Sulfide Stress Cracking and Stress Corrosion Cracking Resistance

in Sour Oilfield Environments

Contents 1. General......................................................................................................................... 1 2. Definitions..................................................................................................................... 5 3. Carbon and Low-Alloy Steels and Cast Irons............................................................... 8 4. Corrosion-Resistant Alloys (CRAs)—All Other Alloys Not Defined as Carbon and Low-

Alloy Steels and Cast Irons in Section 3....................................................................... 9 5. Fabrication.................................................................................................................. 14 6. Bolting......................................................................................................................... 15 7. Platings and Coatings................................................................................................. 16 8. Special Components .................................................................................................. 16 9. Wellheads, Christmas Trees, Valves, Chokes, and Level Controllers....................... 17 10. Downhole Casing, Downhole Tubing, and Downhole Equipment .............................. 19 11. Wells, Flow Lines, Gathering Lines, Facilities, and Field Processing Plants ............. 22 12. Drilling and Well-Servicing Equipment ....................................................................... 24 13. Adding New Materials for MR0175 Section 3: Carbon and Low-Alloy Steels and Cast

Irons............................................................................................................................ 25 14. Adding New Materials for MR0175 Section 4: Corrosion-Resistant Alloys (CRAs)—All

Other Alloys Not Defined as Carbon and Low-Alloy Steels and Cast Irons in Section 3 ........................................................................................ 26

15. Proposing Changes and Making Additions for MR0175 Sections 5 Through 11: Fabrication, Welding, and Specific Equipment........................................................... 27

16. Materials for Application-Specific Cases Without Proposing Adding New Materials to MR0175...................................................................................................................... 27

References........................................................................................................................ 28 Appendix A—Sample Calculations of the Partial Pressure of H2S ................................... 30 Appendix B—Sample Test Data Tables ........................................................................... 33 Appendix C—Ballot Submittal Data .................................................................................. 34 Appendix D—Acceptable Materials .................................................................................. 41 FIGURE 1: Road Map for MR0175.................................................................................... 4 FIGURE A-1: Sour Gas Systems (see Paragraph 1.4).................................................... 31 FIGURE A-2: Sour Multiphase Systems (see Paragraph 1.4) ......................................... 32

________________________________________________________________________

OPYRIGHT 2003; NACE International Document provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 04/09/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callthe Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

COP

MR0175-2003

________________________________________________________________________

Section 1: General
1.1 Scope This standard presents metallic material requirements to provide resistance to sulfide stress cracking (SSC) and/or stress corrosion cracking (SCC) for petroleum production, drilling, gathering and flow line equipment, and field processing facilities to be used in hydrogen sulfide (H2S)-bearing hydrocarbon service. This standard is applicable to the materials and/or equipment specified by the materials standards institutions listed in Table 1 (or by equivalent standards or specifications of other agencies). This standard does not include and is not intended to include design specifications.
--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

YRIGHT 2003; NACE International

Other forms of corrosion and other modes of failure, although outside the scope of this standard, should also be considered in design and operation of equipment. Severely corrosive conditions may lead to failures by mechanisms other than SSC and/or SCC and should be mitigated by corrosion inhibition or materials selection, which are outside the scope of this standard. For example, some lower-strength steels used for pipelines and vessels may be subjected to failure by hydrogen-induced cracking (blistering and stepwise cracking) as a result of hydrogen damage associated with general corrosion in the presence of H2S.1,2

TABLE 1

Sources of Material Standards

1. Aerospace Material Specifications (AMS): Society of Automotive Engineers Inc. (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096. 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), 1101 17th St. NW, Suite 1300, Washington, DC 20036. 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 11 West 42nd St., New York, NY 10036. 4. American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L St. NW, Washington, DC 20005. 5. ASME International (ASME), Three Park Ave., New York, NY 10016-5990. 6. ASTM International (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor Dr., West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959. 7. American Welding Society (AWS), P.O. Box 251040, Miami, FL 33126. 8. British Standards Institution (BSI), British Standards House, 389 Chiswick High Rd., London W4 4AL, United Kingdom. 9. CSA International, 178 Rexdale Blvd., Etobicoke, Ontario, Canada M9W 1R3. 10. Deutsches Institut für Normung (DIN), Burggrafenstrasse 6, D-10787, Berlin, Germany.

1.2 Procurement It is the responsibility of the user to determine the operating conditions and to specify when this standard applies.(6) A variety of candidate materials may be selected from this standard for any given component. The manufacturer is responsible for meeting metallurgical requirements. It is the user’s responsibility to ensure that a material will be satisfactory in the intended environment. The user may select specific materials for use on the basis of operating conditions that include pressure, temperature, corrosiveness, fluid properties, etc. For example, when bolting components are selected, the pressure rating of flanges could be affected. The following could be specified at the user’s option: (1) materials from this standard used by the manufacturer, and (2) materials from this standard proposed by the manufacturer and approved by the user. It is always the responsibility of the equipment user to convey the environmental conditions to the equipment supplier, particularly if the equipment will be used in sour service.

1.3 Applicability This standard applies to all components of equipment exposed to sour environments, where failure by SSC or SCC would (1) prevent the equipment from being restored to an operating condition while continuing to contain pressure, (2) compromise the integrity of the pressure-containment system, and/or (3) prevent the basic function of the equipment from occurring. Materials selection for items such as atmospheric and low-pressure systems, water-handling facilities, sucker rods, and subsurface pumps are covered in greater detail in other NACE International and API documents and are outside the scope of this standard. 1.4 MR0175 Application Sulfide stress cracking (SSC) is affected by the following factors: (1) metallurgical condition and strength, which are affected by chemical composition, heat treatment, cold work, and microstructure;

NACE International 1

___________________________ (6) See Section 2 for the definition of user.

Document provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 04/09/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callthe Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COPYRIG

MR0175-2003
(2) hydrogen ion concentration (activity) (pH) of the water phase; (3) H2S partial pressure, which is a function of the H2S concentration and total absolute pressure; (4) total tensile stress (applied plus residual); (5) temperature; (6) exposure duration; (7) galvanic effects; (8) chloride or other halide ion concentration; (9) oxidants; and (10) non-production fluids (including those used for acid stimulation and for packer fluids). Stress corrosion cracking (SCC) in sour service is affected by the following factors: (1) metallurgical condition and strength, which are affected by chemical composition, cold work, heat treatment, and microstructure; (2) hydrogen ion concentration (activity) (pH) of the water phase; (3) H2S partial pressure, which is a function of the H2S concentration and total absolute pressure; (4) total tensile stress (applied plus residual); (5) temperature; (6) exposure duration; (7) galvanic effects; (8) chloride or other halide ion concentration; (9) oxidants; and (10) non-production fluids (including those used for acid stimulation and for packer fluids). The user shall determine whether or not the environmental conditions are such that MR0175 applies. Please see Appendix A for sample calculations.
1.4.1 MR0175 shall apply to conditions containing water as a liquid and H2S exceeding the limits defined in Paragraph 1.4.1.1. Highly susceptible materials may fail in less severe environments.

1.4.1.1 All gas, gas condensate, and sour crude oil (except as noted in Paragraph 1.4.2)

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

HT 2003; NACE International D0th

When the partial pressure of H2S in a wet (water as a liquid) gas phase of a gas, gas condensate, or crude oil system is equal to or exceeds 0.0003 MPa abs (0.05 psia).

1.4.2 MR0175 need not apply (the user shall determine) when the following conditions exist:

1.4.2.1 Low-pressure gas

When the total pressure is less than 0.45 MPa abs (65 psia).

1.4.2.2 Low-pressure oil and gas multiphase systems When the total pressure is less than 1.83 MPa abs (265 psia), the maximum gas:oil ratio is 142 SCM:bbl (5,000 SCF:bbl), the H2S content is less than 15 mol%, and the H2S partial pressure is less than 0.07 MPa abs (10 psia). 1.4.2.3 Salt water wells and salt water handling facilities. These are covered by NACE Standard RP0475.3

1.4.2.4 Refineries and chemical plants. 1.4.2.5 Parts loaded in compression.

1.5 Control of SSC and/or SCC

1.5.1 SSC and/or SCC may be controlled by any or all of the following measures: (1) using the materials and processes described in this standard; (2) controlling the environment; (3) isolating the components from the sour environment; or (4) using appropriate anodic or cathodic polarization. Metals susceptible to SSC and/or SCC have been used successfully by controlling drilling or workover fluid properties, during drilling and workover operations, respectively.

1.6 Materials Included in MR0175 1.6.1 Metallic materials have been included in this standard as acceptable materials based on their resistance to SSC and/or SCC either in actual field applications, in SSC and SCC laboratory tests, or both. Many alloys included in the first edition of MR0175 had proved to be satisfactory in sour service even though they might have cracked in standard SSC and/or SCC laboratory tests, such as those addressed in NACE Standard TM0177.4

2 NACE International

ocument provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 4/09/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please calle Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COPYRI

MR0175-2003

G

1.6.2 Materials included in this standard are resistant to, but not necessarily immune to, SSC and/or SCC in stated conditions. Improper design, manufacturing, installation, selection, or handling can cause resistant materials to become susceptible to SSC and/or SCC.

1.7 Hardness Requirements

1.7.1 Because hardness testing is nondestructive, it is used by manufacturers as a quality control method and by users as a field inspection method. Accurate hardness testing requires strict compliance with the methods described in appropriate ASTM standards. 1.7.2 Hardness tests sufficient to establish the actual hardness of the material or component being examined shall be made. Individual hardness readings exceeding the value permitted by this standard are considered acceptable if the average of several readings taken within close proximity does not exceed the value permitted by this standard and no individual reading is greater than 2 Rockwell C hardness (HRC) units above the acceptable value. The number and location of test areas are outside the scope of this standard. 1.7.3 The HRC scale is referred to throughout this standard. Rockwell C hardness values measured in accordance with ASTM E 185 shall be the primary basis for acceptance. Brinell hardness (HBW), Vickers (HV) 5-kg or 10-kg, or other hardness testing methods may be used. When applicable, conversion of hard-ness values obtained by these other test methods to HRC values shall be made in accordance with ASTM E 140.6 (7) Empirical conversion data are acceptable when approved by the purchaser. Acceptance criteria using microhardness testing, as defined by ASTM E 384,7 are considered outside the scope of this standard.

1.8 How to Use MR0175 (a Road Map)

1.8.1 See Figure 1. A user of materials in sour service must first determine whether MR0175 is applicable for the intended application. Section 1 of MR0175 may be used for guidance. Refer to Section 2 for definitions of terms used in MR0175. 1.8.2 If the user chooses to use MR0175 for materials selection in sour service, the process involves determining whether the desired materials are within the scope of the standard, the metallurgical requirements for the materials, and the environmental restrictions, if any, for the material.

HT 2003; NACE International Docu04/09the D

1.8.3 The following process should be used for finding acceptable materials and their requirements in MR0175:

1.8.3.1 For carbon steels, low-alloy steels, and cast irons, first review Section 3. This section contains the most general requirements for widespread applications of these alloys.

1.8.3.1.1 If questions about these alloys are not adequately answered in Section 3 or if the alloy in question is not within the scope of Section 3, review requirements for specific types of equipment in Sections 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12. 1.8.3.1.2 For specific requirements during fabrication, including welding, review Section 5. 1.8.3.1.3 For plating and coatings applications of these alloys, see Section 7.

1.8.3.2 The process is the same for selecting corrosion-resistant alloys (CRAs) except that the general requirements are first found in Section 4. Section 4 contains specific alloys and groups of alloys (categories); these are discussed in Paragraph 1.8.3.3.

1.8.3.2.1 See Appendix C for previously submitted ballot data. This appendix gives information on data submitted for ballot for acceptance into MR0175.

1.8.3.3 Individual Alloys Versus Alloy Categories

Section 4 lists CRAs as individual alloys or in alloy categories. Alloy (CRA) categories permit a broad-based description of similar alloys. A CRA category in Section 4 defines a group of alloys in terms of broad-based but essential chemical compositions, manufacturing processes, and finished conditions. The entire chemical composition range of an alloy shall meet all the requirements of the given CRA category in order to be included within the category.

1.8.3.3.1 All applicable environmental restrictions are defined for all of the alloys in the category. These environmental restrict-tions may include the maximum acceptable partial pressures of H2S, minimum acceptable water pH, maximum acceptable chlorides in the water, temperature, and whether the presence of elemental sulfur is acceptable.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


__________________________________________

(7) The hardness correlation tabulated in ASTM E 140 does not apply to martensitic stainless steels and precipitation-hardened stainless steels. When hardness is measured by Brinell testing, the permissible limit for UNS J91540 (CA6NM) and UNS S42000 is 255 HBW maximum, which has been empirically determined to be equivalent to 23 HRC for these alloys. For materials not listed in ASTM E 140, empirical data are acceptable in determining hardness conversion.

ment provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, /2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callocument Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COP

MR0175-2003

-

When environmental restrictions are listed in tables, interpolation between H2S partial pressures, temperatures, etc., is permitted. 1.8.3.3.2 Some categories may include alloy-specific requirements. These are metallurgical requirements typically restricting chemistry and hardness.

1.8.3.3.3 Examples of CRA individual alloy and CRA category use:

Individual CRA Alloy Example: UNS J93254 (CK3MCuN) is listed in Paragraph 4.3.2 as an individual alloy. All requirements for this alloy are located solely in Paragraph 4.3.2.

CRA Category Example: The ferritic stainless steels in Paragraph 4.7.1 are listed as an alloy category. Any ferritic stainless steel may be used within the environmental restrictions of this paragraph. Individual alloys do not have to be listed. CRA Category with Specific Alloy Require-ments Example: The martensitic stainless steels are more loosely grouped in Paragraph 4.8 as a category with alloy-specific requirements. Environmental restricttions are the same for all of the martensitic stainless steels, but there are metallurgical


requirements for each of the alloys within the category.

1.8.4 If the material in question is outside the scope of MR0175, the following options may be used:

1.8.4.1 See Sections 13, 14, and 15 for proposals for balloting changes and additions to all sections of MR0175. See Appendix B for sample test data tables and the definition of available Test Levels I through VII. 1.8.4.2 See Section 16 for guidance through a process for choosing materials for application-specific cases without proposing to add new materials to MR0175.

1.8.5 Four appendixes are included in this standard.

1.8.5.1 Appendix A provides sample calculations of the partial pressure of H2S. 1.8.5.2 Appendix B provides sample test data tables. 1.8.5.3 Appendix C provides ballot submittal data in tabular form. 1.8.5.4 Appendix D provides lists of acceptable materials for various applications.

--

,`


FIGURE 1 Road Map for MR0175

Section 1 Determine Applicability for Intended Application

Appendix A

Section 2 Definitions of Terms

Section 3 Carbon and Low-Alloy Steels and

Cast Irons—General Requirements

Section 4 CRAs—General Requirements

Individual Alloys and Alloy Categories

Specific Equipment Requirements Sections 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12

Specific Equipment Requirements Sections 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12

Appendix D: Tables D1 and D2 Welding

Section 5 Coatings Section 7

Welding Section 5

Coatings Section 7

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,


COP

MR0175-2003

1.9 Materials are added to MR0175 either as an individual alloy or as alloy categories. Ballot items shall conform to the standard’s method. If a ballot proposes an addition of an individual alloy or modification to the requirements for that alloy, the ballot must address only that individual alloy. Conversely, if a ballot proposes an addition or modification of requirements for alloys in a category, the ballot must address the category of alloys. 1.10 The Effect of Changing Requirements in MR0175 on Existing Equipment When new restrictions are placed on materials in this standard or when materials are deleted from this standard, materials in use at the time of the change that complied with this standard prior to the standard revision and that have not experienced SSC and SCC failures in their local environment are in compliance with this standard.

YRIGHT 2003; NACE International D0t

However, when these materials are removed from their local environment, the replacement materials must be listed in this standard at the time of replacement in order to be in compliance with this standard.

1.10.1 Successful use of materials outside the limitations of MR0175 may be perpetuated by qualification in accordance with Section 16.

1.10.2 The user may replace materials in kind for existing wells or for new wells within a given field if the design basis for the equipment has not changed. The user shall verify that the environmental conditions of the field have not changed to dictate the need for new materials substitutions, and the replacement materials are the same.

`,,`---

________________________________________________________________________

Section 2: Definitions

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,

Age Hardening: Hardening (strengthening) by aging, usually after rapid cooling or cold working. Aging: A change in metallurgical properties that generally occurs slowly at room temperature (natural aging) and more rapidly at higher temperature (artificial aging). Annealing: Heating a metal to a suitable temperature, holding at that temperature for a suitable period of time, and then cooling at a suitable rate, for such purposes as reducing hardness, improving machinability, or obtaining desired properties. Austenite: The face-centered cubic crystalline phase of ferrous or nonferrous alloys. Austenitic Steel: A steel whose microstructure at room temperature consists predominantly of austenite. Austenitizing: Forming austenite by heating a ferrous metal to a temperature in the transformation range (partial austenitizing) or above the transformation range (complete austenitizing). Blowout Preventers: Mechanical devices capable of containing pressure, used for control of well fluids and drilling fluids during drilling operations. Brazing: Joining metals by flowing a thin layer (of capillary thickness) of a lower-melting-point nonferrous filler metal in the space between them. Brinell Hardness: A hardness value obtained by use of a 10-mm diameter hardened steel (or carbide) ball and normally a load of 3,000 kg, in accordance with ASTM E 10.8

Burnishing: Smoothing surfaces with frictional contact between the material and some other hard pieces of material, such as hardened steel balls. Carbon Steel: An alloy of carbon and iron containing up to 2% carbon and up to 1.65% manganese and residual quantities of other elements, except those intentionally added in specific quantities for deoxidation (usually silicon and/or aluminum). Carbon steels used in the petroleum industry usually contain less than 0.8% carbon. Case Hardening: Hardening a ferrous alloy so that the outer portion, or case, is made substantially harder than the inner portion, or core. Typical processes are carburizing, cyaniding, carbonitriding, nitriding, induction hardening, and flame hardening. Cast Component (Casting): A piece of metal that is formed at or near its finished shape by the solidification of molten metal in a mold. Cast Iron: An iron-carbon alloy containing approximately 2 to 4% carbon. Cast irons may be classified as: (1) gray cast iron—cast iron that gives a gray fracture as a result of the presence of flake graphite; (2) white cast iron—cast iron that gives a white fracture as a result of the presence of cementite (Fe3C); (3) malleable cast iron—white cast iron that is thermally treated to convert most or all of the cementite to graphite (temper carbon); (4) ductile (nodular) cast iron—cast iron that has been treated while molten with an element (usually magnesium or cerium) that spheroidizes the graphite; or


ocument provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 4/09/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callhe Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COPYR

MR0175-2003
(5) austenitic cast iron—cast iron with a sufficient amount of nickel added to produce an austenitic microstructure. Cemented Tungsten Carbide: Pressed and sintered monolithic tungsten carbide alloys consisting of tungsten carbide with alloy binders of primarily cobalt or nickel. Cold Deforming: See Cold Working. Cold Forming: See Cold Working. Cold Reducing: See Cold Working. Cold Working: Deforming metal plastically under conditions of temperature and strain rate that induce strain hardening, usually, but not necessarily, conducted at room temperature. CRA Alloy Categories: Alloy categories that permit a broad-based description of similar alloys. A CRA category in Section 4 defines a group of alloys in terms of broad-based but essential chemical compositions, manufacturing processes, and finished conditions. Design Basis: The pressure rating and design factor/safety factor in accordance with the applicable industry code and/or manufacturer’s standard. Double Tempering: A heat treatment in which normalized or quench-hardened steel is given two complete tempering cycles (cooling to a suitable temperature after each cycle) with the second tempering cycle performed at a temperature at or below the first tempering temperature. The object is to temper any martensite that may have formed during the first tempering cycle. Duplex Stainless Steel: A stainless steel whose microstructure at room temperature consists primarily of a mixture of austenite and ferrite. Elastic Limit: The maximum stress to which a material may be subjected without retention of any permanent deformation after the stress is removed. Ferrite: The body-centered cubic crystalline phase of iron-based alloys. Ferritic Steel: A steel whose microstructure at room temperature consists predominantly of ferrite. Ferrous Metal: A metal in which the major constituent is iron. Free-Machining Steel: Steel to which elements such as sulfur, selenium, or lead have been added intentionally to improve machinability.
--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

IGHT 2003; NACE International

Hardness: Resistance of metal to plastic deformation, usually by indention. Heat Treatment: Heating and cooling a solid metal or alloy in such a way as to obtain desired properties. Heating for the sole purpose of hot working is not considered heat treatment. Heat-Affected Zone: That portion of the base metal that is not melted during brazing, cutting, or welding, but whose microstructure and properties are altered by the heat of these processes. Hot Isostatic Pressing: (1) A process for heating and forming a compact in which the powder is contained in a sealed flexible sheet metal or glass enclosure and the so-contained powder is subjected to equal pressure from all directions at a temperature high enough to permit plastic deformation and sintering to take place. (2) A process that subjects a component (casting, powder forging, etc.) to both elevated temperature and isostatic gas pressure in an autoclave. The most widely used pressurizing gas is argon.(8)

Hot Rolling: Hot working a metal through dies or rolls to obtain a desired shape. Hot rolling does not include hot forging. Hot Working: Deforming metal plastically at such a temperature and strain rate that recrystallization takes place simultaneously with the deformation, thus avoiding any strain hardening. Low-Alloy Steel: Steel with a total alloying element content of less than about 5%, but more than specified for carbon steel. Lower Critical Temperature: The temperature of a ferrous metal at which austenite begins to form during heating or at which the transformation of austenite is completed during cooling. Manufacturer: The firms or persons involved in some or all phases of manufacturing or assembly of components. For example, the firm used to upset tubing is considered a manufacturer. Martensite: A hard supersaturated solid solution of carbon in iron characterized by an acicular (needle-like) microstructure. Martensitic Steel: A steel in which a microstructure of martensite can be attained by quenching at a cooling rate fast enough to avoid the formation of other microstructures.


___________________________ (8) From ASM Materials Engineering Dictionary, ed. J.R. Davis. Reprinted with permission from ASM International (ASM), 9639 Kinsman Rd., Materials Park, OH 44073-0002.


COPY

MR0175-2003

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Microstructure: The structure of a metal as revealed by microscopic examination of a suitably prepared specimen. Nitriding: A case-hardening process whereby nitrogen is introduced into the surface of metallic materials (most commonly ferrous alloys). Typical processes include, but are not limited to, liquid nitriding, gas nitriding, and ion or plasma nitriding. Nonferrous Metal: A metal in which the major constituent is an element other than iron. Normalizing: Heating a ferrous alloy to a suitable temperature above the transformation range (austenitizing), holding at temperature for a suitable time, and then cooling in still air to a temperature substantially below the transformation range. Partial Pressure: Ideally, in a mixture of gases, each component exerts the pressure it would exert if present alone at the same temperature in the total volume occupied by the mixture. The partial pressure of each component is equal to the total absolute pressure multiplied by its mole fraction in the mixture. For an ideal gas, the mole fraction is equal to the volume fraction of the component. Plastic Deformation: Permanent deformation caused by stressing beyond the elastic limit. Postweld Heat Treatment: Heating and cooling a weldment in such a way as to obtain desired properties. Precipitation Hardening: Hardening caused by the precipitation of a constituent from a supersaturated solid solution. PREN: A number calculated from heat analyses of intentionally added alloying elements as shown in Equation (1). The PREN is used in this standard as a means to group similar-composition alloys and does not indicate comparable corrosion-resistance properties in sour service.

PREN = Cr % + 3.3 (Mo % + 0.5 W %) + 16 N % (1) Pressure-Containing Parts: Those parts whose failure to function as intended would result in a release of retained fluid to the atmosphere. Examples are valve bodies, bonnets, and stems. Quench and Temper: Quench hardening followed by tempering. Recrystallization Temperature: The minimum temperature at which a new strain-free structure is produced in cold-worked metal within a specified time. Residual Stress: Stress present in a component free of external forces or thermal gradients.

RIGHT 2003; NACE International

Rockwell C Hardness: A hardness value obtained by use of a cone-shaped diamond indentor and a load of 150 kg, in accordance with ASTM E 18. Shot Peening: Inducing compressive stresses in the surface layer of a material by bombarding it with a selected medium (usually steel shot) under controlled conditions. Slush Pump: Pump normally used to circulate drilling fluids through the drill stem into the annulus of the well-bore hole and to the surface for the purpose of removing cuttings and maintaining a hydrostatic head. Solid Solution: A single crystalline phase containing two or more elements. Solution Heat Treatment (Solution Anneal): Heating a metal to a suitable temperature and holding at that temperature long enough for one or more constituents to enter into solid solution, then cooling rapidly enough to retain the constituents in solution. Sour Environment: In general, environments containing water and H2S are considered sour. Those sour environments for which MR0175 applies are defined herein. Stainless Steel: Steel containing 10.5% or more chromium. Other elements may be added to secure special properties. Standard Cubic Foot of Gas: The quantity of a gas occupying one cubic foot at a pressure of one atmosphere (0.10133 MPa abs [14.696 psia]) and a temperature of 16°C (60°F). Standard Cubic Meter of Gas: The quantity of a gas occupying one cubic meter at a pressure of one atmosphere (0.10133 MPa abs [14.696 psia]) and a temperature of 16°C (60°F). Stress Corrosion Cracking: Cracking of a material produced by the combined action of corrosion and tensile stress (residual or applied). For the purposes of MR0175, cracking of metal involving tensile stress (residual or applied) and anodic processes of corrosion in the presence of chlorides and water affected by H2S, oxidants, and elevated temperature. Stress Cracking: For the purpose of MR0175, stress cracking is a general term intended to include stress corrosion cracking and sulfide stress cracking as a result of exposure to produced fluids or gases. Stress Relieving (Thermal): Heating a metal to a suitable temperature, holding at that temperature long enough to reduce residual stresses, and then cooling slowly enough to minimize the development of new residual stresses. Sulfide Stress Cracking: Cracking of a metal under the combined action of tensile stress and corrosion in the presence of water and H2S (a form of hydrogen stress cracking). For the purpose of MR0175, brittle failure



C

MR0175-2003

OP

promoted by cathodic processes under the action of tensile stress in the presence of water and H2S. Tempering: Reheating hardened steel or hardened cast iron to some temperature below the lower critical temperature for the purpose of decreasing the hardness and increasing the toughness. The process is also sometimes applied to normalized steel. Tensile Strength: In tensile testing, the ratio of maximum load to original cross-sectional area (see ASTM A 3709). Also called “ultimate strength.” Tensile Stress: The net tensile component of all combined stresses—axial or longitudinal, circumferential or “hoop,” and residual. Transformation Ranges: Those ranges of temperature for steels within which austenite forms during heating and transforms during cooling. The two ranges are distinct, sometimes overlapping, but never coinciding. Tubular Component: A cylindrical component having one or more longitudinal holes.

YRIGHT 2003; NACE International D0th

User: Someone who is responsible for operating the equipment that is installed and operated in the field. Welding: Joining two or more pieces of metal by applying heat and/or pressure, with or without filler metal, to produce a union through localized fusion of the substrates and solidification across the interface. Weldment: That portion of a component on which welding has been performed. A weldment includes the weld metal, the heat-affected zone, and the base metal. Weld Metal: That portion of a weldment that has been molten during welding. Wrought: Metal in the solid condition that is formed to a desired shape by working (rolling, extruding, forging, etc.), usually at an elevated temperature. Yield Strength: The stress at which a material exhibits a specified deviation from the proportionality of stress to strain. The deviation is expressed in terms of strain by either the offset method (usually at a strain of 0.2%) or the total-extension-under-load method (usually at a strain of 0.5%). (See ASTM A 370.)

________________________________________________________________________

Section 3: Carbon and Low-Alloy Steels and Cast Irons

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3.1 General

3.1.1 Carbon and low-alloy steels and cast irons shall meet the requirements of this section if they are to be exposed to sour environments. See Section 5 of MR0175 for additional requirements during welding and fabrication. See Sections 6 through 12 for equipment-specific requirements. 3.1.2 The susceptibility to SSC of these metals can be strongly affected by heat treatment, cold work, or both. The following paragraphs describe heat treatments for specific materials that have been found to provide acceptable resistance to SSC.

3.2 Carbon and Low-Alloy Steels

3.2.1 All carbon and low-alloy steels are acceptable at 22 HRC maximum hardness provided they (1) contain less than 1% nickel, (2) meet the criteria of Paragraphs 3.2.2, 3.2.3, and Section 5, and (3) are used in one of the following heat-treatment conditions: (a) hot-rolled (carbon steels only); (b) annealed; (c) normalized; (d) normalized and tempered;

o4

(e) normalized, austenitized, quenched, and tempered; or (f) austenitized, quenched, and tempered.

3.2.1.1 Forgings produced in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 105/A 105M10 are acceptable, provided the hardness does not exceed 187 HBW maximum.

3.2.2 The metal must be thermally stress relieved following any cold deforming by rolling, cold forging, or another manufacturing process that results in a permanent outer fiber deformation greater than 5%. Thermal stress relief shall be performed in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,

Section VIII, Division 1,11 except that the minimum stress-relief temperature shall be 593°C (1,100°F). The component shall have a hardness after stress relief of 22 HRC maximum.

3.2.2.1 This requirement does not apply to pipe grades listed in Table D2 in Appendix D or cold work imparted by pressure testing according to the applicable code. Cold-rotary straightened pipe is acceptable only when permitted in API specifications. Cold-worked line pipe fittings of ASTM A 53/A 53M12 grade B, ASTM A 10613 grade B, API Spec 5L14 grade X-42, or lower-strength grades with similar chemical compo-sitions are acceptable with cold strain equivalent to


cument provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, /09/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please calle Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

CO

MR0175-2003

15% or less, provided the hardness in the strained area does not exceed 190 HBW.

3.2.3 Free-Machining Steels

3.2.3.1 Free-machining steels are not acceptable.

3.3 Cast Irons

PYRIGHT 2003; NACE International Doc04/0the

3.3.1 Gray, austenitic, and white cast irons are not acceptable for use as a pressure-containing member. These materials may be used in nonpressure-containing parts in internal components related to API and other appropriate standards, provided their use has been approved by the purchaser. 3.3.2 Ferritic ductile iron ASTM A 395/A 395M15 is acceptable for equipment when API, ANSI, and/or other industry standards approve its use.

________________________________________________________________________ Section 4: Corrosion-Resistant Alloys (CRAs) All Other Alloys Not Defined as Carbon and Low-Alloy Steels

and Cast Irons in Section 3
4.1 General
4.1.1 Corrosion-resistant alloys (CRAs) shall meet the requirements of this section. See Section 5 of MR0175 for additional requirements during welding and fabrication. See Sections 6 and 8 through 12 for equipment-specific requirements. These equipment-specific sections may permit the use of alloys not included in this section on CRAs. Also, the equipment-specific sections may allow for the use of higher-strength grades of alloys within specified environmental limits. It is always the responsibility of the equipment user to convey the environmental conditions to the equipment supplier, particularly if the equipment will be used in sour service. 4.1.2 CRAs are presented here as individual alloys and categories of alloys with essential chemical compositions, manufacturing processes, and finished conditions. The categories of these CRAs may have environmental restrictions with respect to the partial pressures of H2S, in situ pH, chlorides, temperature, and the presence of elemental sulfur. See Paragraph 1.8 for a further discussion. 4.1.3 MR0175 provides material requirements and acceptable environments for SSC/SCC resistance for these alloys, whether listed within categories or as individual alloys. MR0175 is not intended to be a listing of all acceptable CRAs within the limits mentioned in the text unless they are individually identified. The limits are set to minimize the possibility of SSC and/or SCC in sour environments. The acceptable environments specified do not take into account the effects of oxygen on SCC and SSC; more conservative acceptable environments may be required if oxygen is present. General corrosion, pitting corrosion, and other types of corrosion, or cracking mechanisms are outside the scope of this standard.

4.1.3.1 Interpolation between H2S partial pressures and temperatures and data points listed to establish the acceptable environments in each CRA category is permitted.

4.2 Austenitic Stainless Steels (Category with Alloy-Specific Requirements) Austenitic stainless steels, substantially free of martensite, with chemical compositions as specified in Paragraph 4.2.1, at a hardness of 22 HRC maximum in the solution-annealed and quenched, or annealed and thermally stabilized, condition, are acceptable for the environments defined in Paragraph 4.2.2, provided they are free of cold work intended to enhance their mechanical properties. Free-machining austenitic stainless steel products (containing alloying elements such as lead, selenium, or sulfur to improve machinability) are not acceptable. Austenitic stainless steel products are acceptable for sour environments within the following composition ranges and physical requirements.

4.2.1 Austenitic stainless steels shall contain at least these elements in the ranges specified: C 0.08% max., Cr 16% min., Ni 8% min., P 0.045% max., S 0.04% max., Mn 2.0 % max., and Si 2.0% max. Other alloying elements are permitted.

4.2.1.1 A higher carbon content for UNS S30900 and S31000 is acceptable up to the limits of their respective specifications.

4.2.2 The maximum acceptable H2S partial pressure shall be 100 kPa abs (15 psia) at a maximum temperature of 60°C (140°F), with no restrictions on chlorides, and no elemental sulfur. If the chloride content is less than 50 mg/L, the H2S partial pressure shall be less than 350 kPa abs (50 psia).

4.3 Austenitic Stainless Steels—Individual Alloys

4.3.1 UNS S20910 (Individual Alloy) Austenitic stainless steel UNS S20910 is acceptable in elemental sulfur-free environments when the maximum H2S partial pressure is 100 kPa abs (15 psia) to 66°C (150°F) in the annealed or hot-rolled (hot/cold-worked) condition at 35 HRC maximum hardness.

4.4 Highly Alloyed Austenitic Stainless Steels with Ni% + 2 Mo% >30 and 2% Mo Minimum (Category)


--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ument provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 9/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please call

Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COP

MR0175-2003
Highly alloyed austenitic stainless steels in this category are those with Ni% + 2 Mo% >30 and 2% Mo minimum. All highly alloyed austenitic stainless steel alloys are acceptable for use in the solution-annealed condition. Free-machining highly alloyed austenitic stainless steels are not acceptable. Environmental restrictions for these alloys are as follows:
4.4.1 These alloys are acceptable for use with a maximum H2S partial pressure of 100 kPa abs (15 psia) at a maximum temperature of 60°C (140°F) with no restrictions on chlorides and no elemental sulfur. If the chloride content is less than 50 mg/L, the H2S partial pressure shall be less than 350 kPa abs (50 psia).

4.5 Highly Alloyed Austenitic Stainless Steels with PREN >40 (Category) Highly alloyed austenitic stainless steels in this category are those having a PREN >40. All highly alloyed austenitic stainless steel alloys are acceptable for use in the solution-annealed condition. Free-machining highly alloyed austenitic stainless steels are not acceptable. Environmental restrictions for these alloys are as follows:

4.5.1 At a maximum temperature of 121°C (250°F), the maximum H2S partial pressure shall be 700 kPa abs (100 psia), maximum 5,000 mg/L chloride, and no elemental (free) sulfur shall be present. 4.5.2 At a maximum temperature of 149°C (300°F), the maximum H2S partial pressure shall be 310 kPa abs (45 psia), maximum 5,000 mg/L chloride, and no elemental (free) sulfur shall be present. 4.5.3 At a maximum temperature of 171°C (340°F), the maximum H2S partial pressure shall be 100 kPa abs (15 psia), maximum 5,000 mg/L chloride, and no elemental (free) sulfur shall be present.

4.6 Highly Alloyed Austenitic Stainless Steels (Individual Alloy)

4.6.1 UNS N08926 (individual alloy) is acceptable in the solution-annealed condition at a maximum temperature of 121°C (250°F), with a maximum H2S partial pressure of 0.7 MPa abs (100 psia), maximum 60,700 mg/L chloride, a maximum CO2 partial pressure of 1.4 MPa abs (200 psia), and no elemental (free) sulfur. 4.6.2 UNS J93254 (Individual Alloy) Cast UNS J93254 (CK3MCuN) in accordance with ASTM A 351/A 351M,16 A 743/A 743M,17 or A 744/A 744M18 is acceptable in the cast, solution heat-treated condition at a hardness level of 100 Rockwell B hardness (HRB) maximum in the absence of elemental sulfur.


--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

4.7.2 UNS J95370 is acceptable in the cast, solution-heat-treated, and water-quenched condition to 94 HRB maximum in the absence of elemental sulfur.

4.7 Ferritic Stainless Steels (Category)

4.7.1 Ferritic stainless steels are acceptable for use within the acceptable environments of 10 kPa abs (1.5 psia) H2S partial pressure and a pH ≥3.5 provided they are in the annealed condition at up to 22 HRC and meet the criteria of Section 5.

4.8 Martensitic Stainless Steels (Category with Alloy-Specific Requirements) Cast or wrought martensitic stainless steels are acceptable for use in accordance with Paragraphs 4.8.1, 4.8.2, and 4.8.3. Martensitic stainless steels that are in accordance with this standard have provided satisfactory field service in some sour environments. These materials may, however, exhibit threshold stress levels in NACE Standard TM0177 laboratory tests that are lower than those for other materials included in this standard. Free-machining martensitic stainless steel products are not acceptable. The acceptable environments shall be 10 kPa abs (1.5 psia) H2S partial pressure and a pH ≥3.5.

4.8.1 Martensitic stainless steels UNS S41000, S42000, J91150 (CA15), and J91151 (CA15M), either cast or wrought, are acceptable at 22 HRC maximum hardness provided they meet the criteria of Section 5 as applicable.

4.8.1.1 Heat-treatment procedure (three-step process) for UNS S41000, J91150, and J91151 shall be as follows: (1) Austenitize and quench or air cool. (2) Temper at 621°C (1,150°F) minimum; then cool to ambient temperature. (3) Temper at 621°C (1,150°F) minimum, but lower than the first tempering temperature; then cool to ambient temperature. 4.8.1.2 UNS S42000 shall be in the quenched and tempered condition.

4.8.2 Low-Carbon Martensitic Stainless Steels(7) Low-carbon, 12Cr-4Ni-Mo martensitic stainless steels, either cast UNS J91540 (CA6NM) or wrought S42400, are acceptable to 23 HRC maximum provided they are heat treated in accordance with Paragraph 4.8.2.1.

4.8.2.1 Heat-treatment procedure (three-step process) for low-carbon martensitic stainless steels shall be as follows:



COPY

MR0175-2003

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(1) Austenitize at 1,010°C (1,850°F) minimum and air or oil quench to ambient temperature. (2) Temper at 649 to 691°C (1,200 to 1,275°F) and air cool to ambient temperature. (3) Temper at 593 to 621°C (1,100 to 1,150°F) and air cool to ambient temperature. 4.8.3 UNS S41425 (individual alloy). Wrought low-carbon martensitic stainless steel UNS S41425 is acceptable in the austenitized, quenched, and tempered condition to 28 HRC maximum hardness in the absence of elemental sulfur.

4.9 Duplex Stainless Steels with 30≤PREN≤40 (Category)(9)

4.9.1 Duplex stainless steels are acceptable under the following chemical compositions and heat-treatment condition and for the specific environment set forth for that individual alloy. Duplex stainless steel products in the solution-annealed and liquid-quenched condition are acceptable. Aging heat treatments are prohibited. The ferrite content shall be 35 to 65 vol%. 4.9.2 For requirements for cold-worked duplex stainless steels, refer to Paragraph 10.4. 4.9.3 Wrought and cast duplex stainless steel products in the solution-annealed and quenched condition with 30≤PREN≤40 (>1.5% Mo) are acceptable for use to a maximum temperature of 232°C (450°F) and a maximum H2S partial pressure of 10 kPa abs (1.5 psia).

4.9.4 Hot isostatic pressure-produced duplex stainless steel UNS S31803 is acceptable to 25 HRC maximum if solution annealed and water quenched.

4.10 Duplex Stainless Steels with PREN >40 (Category)(9)

4.10.1 Duplex stainless steels are acceptable under the following chemical compositions and heat-treat condition and for the specific environment set forth for that individual alloy. Duplex stainless steel products in the solution-annealed and liquid-quenched condition are acceptable. Aging heat treatments are prohibited. The ferrite content shall be 35 to 65 vol%. 4.10.2 For requirements for cold-worked duplex stainless steels, refer to Paragraph 10.4. 4.10.3 Wrought and cast duplex stainless steel products in the solution-annealed and quenched condition with a PREN of 40<PREN≤45 are acceptable for use to a maximum temperature of 232°C (450°F)

RIGHT 2003; NACE International D0th

and a maximum H2S partial pressure of 20 kPa abs (3 psia).

4.11 Solid-Solution Nickel-Based Alloys (Category) Wrought or cast solid-solution nickel-based products shall be in the solution-annealed condition.

4.11.1 The chemical composition of these alloys shall be: 19.0% Cr minimum, 29.5% Ni + Co minimum, and 2.5% Mo minimum. or 14.5% Cr minimum, 52% Ni + Co minimum, and 12% Mo minimum. 4.11.2 There are no environmental limits with respect to partial pressures of H2S or elemental sulfur.

4.12 Cobalt-Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloys (Category with Alloy-Specific Requirements) There are no environmental limits with respect to partial pressures of H2S or elemental sulfur.

4.12.1 Alloys UNS R30003, R30004, R30035, and British Standard, Aerospace Series HR3 are acceptable at 35 HRC maximum except when otherwise noted. 4.12.2 In addition, UNS R30035 is acceptable at 51 HRC maximum in the cold-reduced and high-temperature aged condition in accordance with one of the following aging heat treatments: Minimum Time (hours) Temperature 4 704°C (1,300°F) 4 732°C (1,350°F) 6 774°C (1,425°F) 4 788°C (1,450°F) 2 802°C (1,475°F) 1 816°C (1,500°F) 4.12.3 Wrought UNS R31233 is acceptable in the solution-annealed condition to 22 HRC maximum.

4.13 Cobalt-Nickel-Chromium-Tungsten Alloys (Category with Alloy-Specific Requirements) There are no environmental limits with respect to partial pressures of H2S or elemental sulfur.


___________________________

(9) Normally the duplex stainless steels contain a maximum of about 2% manganese.


C

MR0175-2003

4.13.1 UNS R30605 is acceptable to 35 HRC maximum.

4.14 Titanium Alloys (Category with Alloy-Specific Requirements) There are no environmental limits with respect to partial pressures of H2S or elemental sulfur. Specific guidelines must be followed for successful applications of each titanium alloy specified in this standard. For example, hydrogen embrittlement of titanium alloys may occur if these alloys are galvanically coupled to certain active metals (e.g., carbon steel) in H2S-containing aqueous media at temperatures greater than 80°C (176°F). Some titanium alloys may be susceptible to crevice corrosion and/or SSC in chloride environments. Although hardness has not been shown to correlate with susceptibility to SSC/SCC, hardness limits for alloys with high strength have been included to indicate the maximum testing levels and heat-treatment conditions (when applicable) at which failure has not occurred.

4.14.1 UNS R53400 is acceptable in the annealed condition. Heat treatment shall be annealing at 774° ±14°C (1,425° ±25°F) for 2 hours followed by air cool. The maximum hardness shall be 92 HRB.

OPYRIGHT 2003; NACE International

4.14.2 UNS R58640 is acceptable to 42 HRC maximum. 4.14.3 UNS R50400 is acceptable to 100 HRB maximum. 4.14.4 UNS R56260 is acceptable to 45 HRC maximum in each of the three following conditions: (1) annealed; (2) solution-annealed; and (3) solution-annealed and aged. 4.14.5 Wrought UNS R56403 is acceptable to 36 HRC maximum in the annealed condition. 4.14.6 UNS R56404 is acceptable to 35 HRC maximum in the annealed condition.

4.14.7 UNS R56323 is acceptable to 32 HRC maximum in the annealed condition.

4.15 Precipitation-Hardenable Nickel-Based Alloys I (Category with Alloy-Specific Requirements) Precipitation-hardenable nickel-based alloys listed in Paragraphs 4.15.1 through 4.15.7 are acceptable within the environments shown in Table 2, unless exceptions are noted within these paragraphs.

Table 2: Acceptable Environments for Precipitation-Hardenable Nickel-Based Alloys,

Paragraphs 4.15.1 Through 4.15.7

Temperature

H2S Partial Pressure Elemental Sulfur

232°C (450°F) maximum 0.2 MPa abs (30 psia) maximum no 204°C (400°F) maximum 1.4 MPa abs (200 psia) maximum no 149°C (300°F) maximum 2.7 MPa abs (400 psia) maximum no 135°C (275°F) maximum no limit yes(A)

(A) See Paragraphs 4.15.1 through 4.15.7 for more restrictions.

4.15.1 Cast UNS N09925 is acceptable, in the absence of elemental sulfur, in the solution-annealed and aged condition to 35 HRC maximum. 4.15.2 Cast UNS N07718 is acceptable, in the solution-annealed and aged condition, to 40 HRC maximum. 4.15.3 Wrought UNS N07031 is acceptable in each of the two following conditions: (1) solution-annealed condition to 35 HRC maximum, and (2) solution-annealed and aged at 760 to 871°C (1,400 to 1,600°F) for a maximum of 4 hours to 40 HRC maximum. 4.15.4 Wrought UNS N07773 is acceptable in the solution-annealed and aged condition to 40 HRC maximum. 4.15.5 Wrought UNS N09777 is acceptable in the solution-annealed and aged condition to 40 HRC maximum.

4.15.6 Wrought UNS N07048 is acceptable to 40 HRC maximum in the solution-annealed and aged condition. 4.15.7 Wrought UNS N07924 is acceptable in the solution-annealed and aged condition at a maximum hardness of 35 HRC for use in environments with no elemental sulfur up to 175°C (347°F), in accordance with Table B1, Level VI.

4.16 Precipitation-Hardenable Nickel-Based Alloys II (Category with Alloy-Specific Requirements) Precipitation-hardenable nickel-based alloys listed in Paragraphs 4.16.1 and 4.16.2 are acceptable within the acceptable environments shown in Table 3:



--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

COP

MR0175-2003

Table 3: Acceptable Environments for Precipitation-Hardenable Nickel-Based Alloys, Paragraphs 4.16.1 and 4.16.2

Temperature H2S Partial Pressure

Elemental Sulfur

232°C (450°F) maximum 0.2 MPa abs (30 psia) maximum no 204°C (400°F) maximum 1.4 MPa abs (200 psia) maximum no 199°C (390°F) maximum 2.3 MPa abs (330 psia) maximum no 191°C (375°F) maximum 2.5 MPa abs (360 psia) maximum no 149°C (300°F) maximum 2.8 MPa abs (400 psia) maximum no 135°C (275°F) maximum no limit yes

4.16.1 Wrought UNS N09925 is acceptable in each of the five following conditions: (1) cold-worked to 35 HRC maximum; (2) solution-annealed to 35 HRC maximum; (3) solution-annealed and aged to 38 HRC maximum; (4) cold-worked and aged to 40 HRC maximum; and (5) hot-finished and aged to 40 HRC maximum. 4.16.2 Wrought UNS N07718 is acceptable in each of the four following conditions: (1) solution-annealed to 35 HRC maximum; (2) hot-worked to 35 HRC


maximum; (3) hot-worked and aged to 35 HRC maximum; and (4) solution-annealed and aged to 40 HRC maximum.

4.17 Precipitation-Hardenable Nickel-Based Alloys III (Category with Alloy-Specific Requirements) Precipitation-hardenable nickel-based alloys listed in Paragraphs 4.17.1 and 4.17.2 are acceptable within the acceptable environments shown in Table 4:

Table 4: Acceptable Environments for Precipitation-Hardenable Nickel-Based Alloys,

Paragraphs 4.17.1, 4.17.2, and 4.17.3

Temperature

H2S Partial Pressure Elemental Sulfur

232°C (450°F) maximum 1.0 MPa abs (150 psia) maximum no 220°C (425°F) maximum 2.1 MPa abs (300 psia) yes 204°C (400°F) maximum 4.1 MPa abs (600 psia) maximum no 177°C (350°F) maximum no limit yes
4.17.1 Wrought UNS N07716 is acceptable to 43 HRC maximum in the solution-annealed and aged condition. 4.17.2 Wrought UNS N07725 is acceptable to 43 HRC maximum in the solution-annealed and aged condition. 4.17.3 UNS N07626, totally dense hot compacted by a powder metallurgy process, is acceptable in the solution-annealed (927°C [1,700°F] minimum) plus aged (538 to 816°C [1,000 to 1,500°F]) condition or the direct-aged (538 to 816°C [1,000 to 1,500°F]) condition to a maximum hardness of 40 HRC and a maximum tensile strength of 1,380 MPa (200 ksi).
4.18 Austenitic Precipitation-Hardenable Stainless Steel (Individual Alloy)

4.18.1 Austenitic precipitation-hardenable stainless steel with chemical composition in accordance with UNS S66286 (individual alloy) is acceptable at 35 HRC maximum hardness provided it is in either the solution-annealed and aged or solution-annealed and double-aged condition. The alloy is acceptable up to a max-imum H2S partial pressure of 0.1 MPa abs (15 psia) at 65°C (150°F) maximum, with no elemental sulfur.

4.19 Aluminum-Based Alloys (Category) Environmental limits have not been established. 4.20 Copper Alloys (Category)(10) Environmental limits have not been established. 4.21 Commercially Pure Tantalum (Individual Alloy). UNS R05200 is acceptable in the annealed and gas tungsten arc-welded and annealed conditions to 55 HRB maximum.


___________________________

(10) Copper-based alloys may undergo accelerated mass-loss corrosion in sour oilfield environments, particularly if oxygen is present.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


CO

MR0175-2003

________________________________________________________________________

Section 5: Fabrication
5.1 General. Materials and fabrication processes shall meet the requirements of this section if the material is to be exposed to sour environments. 5.2 Overlays
5.2.1 Overlays applied to carbon and low-alloy steel or to martensitic stainless steels by thermal processes such as welding, silver brazing, or spray metallizing systems are acceptable for use in sour environments, provided the substrate does not exceed the lower critical temperature during application. In those cases in which the lower critical temperature is exceeded, the component must be heat treated or thermally stress relieved in accordance with procedures that have been shown to return the base metal to the base metal hardness as specified in this standard. 5.2.2 Tungsten-carbide alloys and ceramics are satis-factory, subject to the conditions of Paragraph 5.2.1. 5.2.3 Joining of dissimilar materials, such as cemented carbides to alloy steels by silver brazing, is acceptable. The base metal after brazing shall meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.2.1.

5.2.4 The materials listed in Section 4 are acceptable as weld overlays, provided they meet the provisions of Paragraph 5.2.1. 5.2.5 Overlays of nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys are acceptable for hardfacing applications, subject to the conditions of Paragraph 5.2.1.

5.3 Welding(11)

5.3.1 Welding procedures shall be used to produce weldments that comply with the hardness requirements specified for the base metal in Sections 3 and 4. Welding procedures and welders shall be qualified according to AWS, API, ASME, or other appropriate industry codes.

5.3.1.1 Tubular goods listed in Table D2 in Appendix D with specified minimum yield strength of 360 MPa (52 ksi) or less and pressure vessel steels classified as P-No. 1, Category 1 or 2, in of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX,19 meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.3.1 in the as-welded condition. Welding pro-cedure qualifications, in accordance with AWS, API, ASME, or other appropriate specifications, shall be performed for any welding procedure that is used.

PYRIGHT 2003; NACE International Do04the

5.3.1.2 Welding procedures for carbon steels and low-alloy steels may control welding variables to achieve a hardness of 22 HRC maximum in the weldment. The controls generally involve restricted base and filler metal chemical composition and welding parameters. The procedure qualification shall verify that the 22 HRC maximum hardness requirement is achieved in the weld deposit, HAZ, and base metal in the as-welded condition. The resulting welding procedure specification shall document the required controls to assure that the 22 HRC maximum hardness requirement will be achieved in production weldments.(11)

5.3.1.3 Carbon steel and low-alloy steel weldments produced without restrictions on base and filler metal chemical compositions and welding parameters in accordance with Paragraph 5.3.1.2 shall be post-weld heat treated at a minimum temperature of 621°C (1,150°F) to produce a hardness of 22 HRC maximum. 5.3.1.4 Welding rods, electrodes, fluxes, filler metals, and carbon and low-alloy steel welding consumables with more than 1% nickel shall not be used for welding carbon and low-alloy steels as indicated in Paragraph 3.2.1

5.3.2 Martensitic Stainless Steel Welding

This paragraph addresses martensitic stainless steel welding in which the base metal is welded with a nominally matching consumable.

5.3.2.1 Weldments in martensitic stainless steels defined in Paragraph 4.8.1 shall undergo a postweld heat treatment (PWHT) at 621°C (1,150°F) minimum and shall produce HAZ and weld metal hardness that meets the base metal hardness requirements as specified in this standard. 5.3.2.2 Weldments in low-carbon martensitic stainless steels defined in Paragraph 4.8.2 shall undergo a single- or multiple-cycle PWHT after first being cooled to 38°C 100°F). (1) The single-cycle PWHT shall be 579 to 621°C (1,075 to 1,150°F). (2) The multiple-cycle PWHT shall be 671 to 691°C (1,240 to 1,275°F), with cooling to 38°C

(100°F) or less prior to heating to 579 to 621°C (1,075 to 1,150°F).


___________________________ (11) Vickers (HV 5- or 10-kg) hardness measurements on welds are permitted but not required.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

cument provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, /09/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please call Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COPYR

MR0175-2003

5.3.3 Austenitic Stainless Steel, Duplex Stainless Steel, and Nickel-Based Alloy Welding This paragraph’s requirements for welding pertain to austenitic and duplex stainless steels and nickel-based alloys that are solid-solution strengthened in the solution-annealed condition and are welded to like base metals. These weldments can be classified into two types: (1) those using matching filler material or (2) those using filler material with greater PREN (higher alloy content) than the base metal. Welding of austenitic and duplex stainless steels and nickel-based alloys shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.3.1. The hardness of the HAZ after welding shall not exceed the maximum hardness allowed for the base metal, and the hardness of the weld metal shall not exceed the maximum hardness limit of the respective alloy used for the welding consumable.

5.3.3.1 Welding Austenitic Stainless Steels

5.3.3.1.1 When austenitic stainless steel “L” grade consumables are specified, they shall have 0.03% carbon maximum.

5.3.3.2 Welding Duplex Stainless Steels

5.3.3.2.1 The weld procedure qualification record (PQR) shall assure that all regions of the weldment contain 30 to 70 vol% ferrite.

5.3.3.3 Welding Solution-Annealed Nickel-Based Alloys

5.3.3.3.1 There are no hardness require-ments for welding solid-solution nickel-based alloys with solid-solution nickel-based weld metal.

5.3.4 Precipitation-Hardenable Stainless Steel and Nickel-Based Alloy Welding This paragraph’s requirements for welding pertain to precipitation-hardenable stainless steels and nickel-based alloys that are permitted in Section 4.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`

IGHT 2003; NACE International D0t

,`,

The hardness of the base metal after welding shall not exceed the maximum hardness allowed for the base metal, and the hardness of the weld metal shall not exceed the maximum hardness limit of the respective base metal for the weld alloy.

5.4 Identification Stamping

5.4.1 Identification stamping using low-stress (dot, vibratory, and round V) stamps is acceptable. 5.4.2 Conventional sharp V stamping is acceptable in low-stress areas, such as the outside diameter of flanges. Sharp V stamping is not permitted in high-stress areas unless the metal is subsequently stress relieved at 593°C (1,100°F) minimum.(12)

5.5 Threading

5.5.1 Machine-Cut Threads

5.5.1.1 Machine-cut threading processes are acceptable.

5.5.2 Cold-Formed (Rolled) Threads

5.5.2.1 After threads have been cold formed, the threaded component shall meet the heat-treat conditions and hardness requirements given in either Section 3 or 4 for the parent alloy from which the threaded component was fabricated.

5.6 Cold-Deformation Processes

5.6.1 Cold-deformation processes such as burnishing that do not impart cold work exceeding that incidental to normal machining operations, such as turning or boring, rolling, threading, and drilling, are acceptable.

5.6.2 Cold deformation by controlled shot peening is permitted when applied to base materials that meet the requirements of this standard and when limited to the use of a maximum shot size of 2.0 mm (0.080 in.) and a maximum of 10C Almen intensity. The process shall be controlled in accordance with AMS-S-13165.20

________________________________________________________________________

Section 6: Bolting

,`---

6.1 General. Materials shall meet the requirements of this section if they are to be exposed to sour environments. 6.2 Exposed Bolting

6.2.1 Bolting that will be exposed directly to the sour environment or that will be buried, insulated, equipped

o4h

with flange protectors, or otherwise denied direct atmospheric exposure must be as described in Paragraphs 6.2.1.1, 6.2.1.2, or 6.2.1.3. It may be necessary to derate the pressure rating in some cases when using low-strength bolts. For API Spec 6A21 flanges using exposed bolting, see API Spec 6A.


___________________________ (12) The user should be aware that this stress relief may not be appropriate for certain alloys.


COPY

MR0175-2003

6.2.1.1 Acceptable nuts and bolting materials shall meet the requirements of Section 3 or Section 4 as applicable to the base material. 6.2.1.2 Bolting materials that meet the specifications of ASTM A 193/A 193M22 grade B7M, 550-MPa (80,000-psi) minimum yield strength, and 22 HRC; grades B8A Class 1A and B8MA Class 1A, 200-MPa (30,000-psi) minimum yield strength, and 90 HRB maximum; ASTM A 320/A320M23 grade L7M 550-MPa (80,000-psi) minimum yield strength, and 22 HRC maximum; and grades B8A Class 1A and B8MA Class 1A, 200-MPa (30,000-psi) minimum yield strength, and 90 HRB maximum are acceptable.

RIGHT 2003; NACE International D0t

6.2.1.3 Nuts shall meet the specifications of ASTM A 194/A 194M24 grade 2HM (22 HRC maximum); grade 7M (22 HRC maximum); grades 8A and 8MA (90 HRB maximum); or Paragraph 6.2.1.1.

6.3 Nonexposed Bolting

6.3.1 Bolting that is not directly exposed to sour environments and is not to be buried, insulated, equipped with flange protectors, or otherwise denied direct atmospheric exposure may be furnished to applicable standards such as ASTM A 193/A 193M grade B7.

________________________________________________________________________

Section 7: Platings and Coatings
7.1 General. Materials shall meet the requirements of this section if they are to be exposed to sour environments.
7.1.1 Metallic coatings (electroplated or electroless), conversion coatings, and plastic coatings or linings are not acceptable for preventing SSC/SCC of base metals. The use of such coatings for other purposes is outside the scope of this standard. Coatings are used by the industry as barriers against corrosion and

against various forms of wet H2S cracking, but these applications are outside the scope of this standard.

7.2 Nitriding

7.2.1 Nitriding with a maximum case depth of 0.15 mm (0.0060 in.) is an acceptable surface treatment when conducted at a temperature below the lower critical temperature of the alloy system being treated. Its use as a means of preventing SSC/SCC is not acceptable.

________________________________________________________________________

Section 8: Special Components

`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8.1 General. Materials for special components including instrumentation, control devices, seals, bearings, and springs shall meet the requirements of this section if they are directly exposed to sour environments during normal operation of the device. Paragraph 1.4 provides guidelines to determine the applicability of the standard to specific uses. The materials in the paragraphs in Section 8 do not have environmental limits unless so stated in the paragraph. 8.2 Bearings

8.2.1 Bearings directly exposed to sour environments shall be made from materials in Sections 3 and 4. 8.2.2 Nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy UNS N10276 bearing pins, e.g., core roll pins, are acceptable in the cold-worked condition to 45 HRC maximum. 8.2.3 Bearings made from other materials must be isolated from the sour environment to function properly, except as noted in Paragraph 8.2.2.

8.3 Springs

,`-`-

8.3.1 Springs directly exposed to the sour environment shall be made from materials described in Sections 3 and 4, except as noted in Paragraphs 8.3.2, 8.3.3, and 8.3.4. 8.3.2 Cobalt-nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy UNS R30003 may be used for springs in the cold-worked and age-hardened condition to 60 HRC maximum. UNS R30035 may be used for springs in the cold-worked and age-hardened condition to 55 HRC maximum when aged for a minimum of 4 hours at a temperature no lower than 649°C (1,200°F). 8.3.3 Nickel-chromium alloy UNS N07750 springs are acceptable in the cold-worked and age-hardened condition to 50 HRC maximum. 8.3.4 UNS N07090 may be used for springs for compressor valves in the cold-worked and age-hardened condition to 50 HRC maximum.

8.4 Instrumentation and Control Devices

8.4.1 Instrumentation and control device components directly exposed to sour environments shall be made from materials in Sections 3 and 4.

`,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,



--`,``

COPY

MR0175-2003

8.4.1.1 Paragraphs 4.2, 4.5, and 4.11 are not intended to preclude the use of UNS S31600 austenitic stainless steel, highly alloyed austenitic stainless steel, or nickel-based alloy compression fittings, screen devices, and instrument or control tubing even though these components will not sat-isfy the requirements stated in those paragraphs.

8.4.2 Diaphragms, Pressure-Measuring Devices, and Pressure Seals

8.4.2.1 Diaphragms, pressure-measuring devices, and pressure seals directly exposed to a sour environment shall be made from materials in Sections 3 and 4, except as noted in Paragraphs 8.4.2.2, 8.4.2.3, and 8.4.2.4. 8.4.2.2 Cobalt-nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloys UNS R30003 and R30004 for diaphragms, pressure-measuring devices, and pressure seals are acceptable to 60 HRC maximum. 8.4.2.3 Cobalt-nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy UNS R30260 diaphragms, pressure-measuring devices, and pressure seals are acceptable to 52 HRC maximum. 8.4.2.4 Pressure seals shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3 and 4 or may be manufactured of wrought cobalt-chromium-nickel-molybdenum alloy UNS R30159 to 53 HRC maximum with the primary load-bearing or pressure-containing direction parallel to the longitudinal or rolling direction of wrought product.

8.4.3 Wrought UNS N08904 is acceptable for use as instrument tubing in the annealed condition of 180 HV10 maximum.

8.5 Seal Rings and Gaskets

8.5.1 Seal rings directly exposed to a sour environment shall be made from materials in Sections 3 and 4.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

RIGHT 2003; NACE International

8.5.2 Austenitic stainless steel API compression seal rings and gaskets made of wrought or centrifugally cast ASTM A 351/A 351M grade CF8 or CF8M chemical compositions are acceptable in the as-cast or solution-annealed condition to 160 HBW (83 HRB) maximum.

8.6 Snap Rings

8.6.1 Snap rings directly exposed to a sour environment shall be made from applicable materials in Sections 3 and 4, except as noted in Paragraph 8.6.2. 8.6.2 Precipitation-hardenable stainless steel alloy UNS S15700 snap rings originally in the RH950 solution-annealed and aged condition are acceptable when further heat treated to a hardness of 30 to 32 HRC as follows:

8.6.2.1 Heat-treatment procedure (three-step process) shall be: (1) Temper at 621°C (1,150°F) for 4 hours, 15 minutes. Cool to room temperature in still air. (2) Temper at 621°C (1,150°F) for 4 hours, 15 minutes. Cool to room temperature in still air. (3) Temper at 566°C (1,050°F) for 4 hours, 15 minutes. Cool to room temperature in still air.

8.7 Bearing Pins

8.7.1 Bearing pins, e.g., core roll pins, made from UNS N10276 in the cold-worked condition with a maximum hardness of 45 HRC, may be used.

8.8 Special Process Parts(13)

8.8.1 Cobalt-chromium-tungsten and nickel-chromium-boron alloys, whether cast, powder-metallurgy pro-cessed, or thermomechanically processed, are acceptable. 8.8.2 Tungsten-carbide alloys, whether cast or cemented, are acceptable

________________________________________________________________________

Section 9: Wellheads, Christmas Trees, Valves, Chokes, and Level Controllers
9.1 General. Materials shall meet the requirements of this section if they are to be exposed to sour environments. 9.2 Wellheads and Christmas Trees
9.2.1 Components directly exposed to sour environments shall be manufactured in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3 through 8. Wellhead components that are not directly exposed to

Do04th

the sour environment or that are exposed to the controlled drilling environment (see Paragraph 12.2.2) are outside the scope of this standard. 9.2.2 Components made from UNS S41000, S42000, S42400, J91150 (CA15), J91151 (CA15M), and J91540 (CA6NM) are acceptable for use in sour environments when the pH is ≥3.5. The alloys shall be


___________________________ (13) Some of the materials used for wear-resistant applications can be brittle. Environmental cracking may occur if these materials are subject to tension.


COPY

MR0175-2003

processed in accordance with Paragraph 4.8.1 or 4.8.2. Acceptable components shall not include casing hangers, tubing hangers, and valve stems. 9.2.3 Components made from nickel-based alloys in accordance with Paragraph 4.11.1 or 4.15, and in accordance with API Spec 6A, are acceptable. 9.2.4 Components (with the exception of bodies and bonnets) made from precipitation-hardenable stainless steels in accordance with Paragraphs 9.2.4.1 and 9.2.4.2 are acceptable within the environmental limits listed for each alloy.

9.2.4.1 Martensitic Precipitation-Hardenable Stainless Steel UNS S17400, a wrought precipitation-hardenable stainless steel with a 33 HRC maximum hardness limit, is acceptable to 3.4 kPa abs (0.50 psia) H2S at a pH of 4.5 or higher. The alloy shall be in one of the following heat-treatment conditions listed.

9.2.4.1.1 Double-Age-Hardening Heat Treatment at 621°C (1,150°F) (1) Solution anneal at 1,038 ±14°C (1,900 ±25°F) and air cool or liquid quench to below 32°C (90°F). (2) First precipitation-hardening cycle at 621 ±14°C (1,150 ±25°F) for 4 hours minimum at temperature and air cool or liquid quench to below 32°C (90°F). (3) Second precipitation-hardening cycle at 621 ±14°C (1,150 ±25°F) for 4 hours minimum at temperature and air cool or liquid quench to below 32°C (90°F). 9.2.4.1.2 Modified Double-Age-Hardening Heat Treatment (1) Solution anneal at 1,038 ±14°C (1,900 ±25°F) and air cool or liquid quench to below 32°C (90°F). (2) First precipitation-hardening cycle at 760 ±14°C (1,400 ±25°F) for 2 hours minimum at temperature and air cool or liquid quench to below 32°C (90°F). (3) Second precipitation-hardening cycle at 621 ±14°C (1,150 ±25°F) for 4 hours minimum at temperature and air cool or liquid quench to below 32°C (90°F).

9.2.4.2 Molybdenum-Modified Martensitic Precipitation-Hardenable Stainless Steel UNS S45000, a wrought molybdenum-modified martensitic precipitation-hardenable stainless steel

RIGHT 2003; NACE International D0th

with a 31 HRC maximum hardness limit (equal to 306 HBW for this alloy), is acceptable to 10 kPa abs (1.5 psia) H2S at a pH of 3.5 or higher. The heat-treatment procedure for this alloy shall be as follows: (1) Solution anneal. (2) Precipitation harden at 621 ±8°C (1,150 ±15°F) for 4 hours minimum at temperature.

9.2.5 Components (with the exception of bodies and bonnets) made from wrought UNS N05500 with a 35 HRC maximum hardness are acceptable to 3.4 kPa abs (0.5 psia) H2S maximum in each of the following conditions at a pH of 4.5 or higher: (1) hot-worked and age-hardened; (2) solution-annealed; and (3) solution-annealed and age-hardened.

9.3 Valves and Chokes Valves and chokes shall be manufactured from materials in accordance with Sections 3 through 9. 9.4 Shafts, Stems, and Pins Shafts, stems, and pins shall be manufactured from materials in accordance with Sections 3, 4, and 9, and as noted in Paragraph 9.4.1.

9.4.1 Austenitic stainless steel UNS S20910 is acceptable for valve shafts, stems, and pins at a maximum hardness level of 35 HRC in the cold-worked condition, provided this cold working is preceded by a solution-anneal heat treatment.

9.5 Internal Components for Valves, Pressure Regulators, and Level Controllers

9.5.1 Cast CB7Cu-1 and CB7Cu-2 in the H1150 DBL condition in accordance with ASTM A 747/A 747M25 are acceptable for nonpressure-containing components at 310 HBW maximum (30 HRC maximum). Precipitation-hardenable martensitic stainless steels that are in accordance with this standard have provided satisfactory field service in some sour environments. These materials may, however, exhibit threshold stress levels in NACE Standard TM0177 laboratory tests that are lower than for other materials included in this standard. 9.5.2 Wrought UNS S17400 and S15500 martensitic precipitation-hardenable stainless steels are acceptable for nonpressure-containing components to 33 HRC maximum hardness provided they have been heat treated in accordance with Paragraph 9.2.4.1.1 or 9.2.4.1.2. Precipitation-hardenable martensitic stainless steels that are in accordance with this standard have provided satisfactory field service in some sour environments. These materials may, however, exhibit threshold stress levels in NACE


--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


COPYR

MR0175-2003

Standard TM0177 laboratory tests that are lower than for other materials included in this standard. 9.5.3 Wrought UNS S45000 martensitic precipitation-hardenable stainless steel is acceptable for nonpressure-containing components at 31 HRC maximum hardness (equivalent to 306 HBW for this alloy), provided it has been heat treated as follows:

9.5.3.1 Two-Step Heat-Treatment Procedure

(1) Solution anneal. (2) Precipitation harden at 621 ±8°C (1,150 ±15°F) for a minimum of 4 hours.

9.5.4 Wrought UNS N05500 is acceptable for nonpressure-containing components to 35 HRC maximum in each of the three following conditions: (1) hot-worked and age-hardened; (2) solution-annealed; and (3) solution-annealed and age-hardened.

9.5.5 Wrought UNS N07750 is acceptable for nonpressure-containing components in accordance

IGHT 2003; NACE International Docu04/09the D

with the hardness limit and heat-treatment conditions to 35 HRC maximum in each of the four following conditions: (1) solution-annealed and aged; (2) solution-annealed; (3) hot-worked; and (4) hot-worked and aged.

9.5.6 Components (with the exception of bodies and bonnets) made from wrought UNS N05500 in accordance with the hardness limit and heat-treatment conditions in Paragraph 9.2.5 have been used in service tool applications at the surface for temporary service in well environments. A valid use limit has not been established for these alloys for these applications. 9.5.7 UNS S17400 in accordance with the hardness limits and heat treatments in Paragraph 9.2.4.1 has been used in service tool applications at the surface when stressed at less than 60% of its minimum specified yield strength under working conditions. Environmental limits for this alloy for these applications have not been established.

________________________________________________________________________

Section 10: Downhole Casing, Downhole Tubing, and Downhole Equipment

Casing or tubing directly exposed to sour environments shall meet the requirements of Table D2 in Appendix D. Casing that will not be exposed to sour fluids or that will be exposed only to the controlled drilling fluid environment (see Paragraph 12.2.2) is outside the scope of this standard. Qualified materials shall be standardized by recognized national codes and standardization bodies. 10.1 Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Tubular Components

10.1.1 Tubular components made of CrMo low-alloy steels (AISI 41XX and its modifications) are acceptable at a 26 HRC maximum hardness, provided they are in the quenched and tempered condition. 10.1.2 Tubular components made of CrMo low-alloy steels (AISI 41XX and its modifications) are acceptable in the quenched and tempered condition at 30 HRC maximum hardness and in specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) grades of 690, 720, and 760 MPa (100, 105, and 110 ksi). The maximum yield strength for each grade shall be 100 MPa (15 ksi) higher than SMYS. SSC/SCC resistance shall be measured using NACE Standard TM0177 Test Method A, and the minimum threshold stress shall be 85% of SMYS. For the high-strength, low-alloy steels there are no correlative data between NACE test methods and field results, and no data that can technically support a finite restriction exist. At the time these alloys were added to MR0175, the primary application for these steels was for protective casing in wells with less than 7 kPa abs (1 psia) H2S partial pressure.

10.1.3 Careful attention to chemical composition and heat treatment is required to ensure SSC/SCC resistance of these alloys at greater than 22 HRC. Accordingly, when using these alloys above 22 HRC, it is common practice for the user to conduct SSC/SCC tests (in accordance with Paragraph 1.6) to determine that the material is equivalent in SSC/SCC performance to similar materials that have given satisfactory service in sour environments. 10.1.4 If tubular components are cold straightened at or below 510°C (950°F), they shall be stress relieved at a minimum of 482°C (900°F). If tubular components are cold formed (pin nosed and/or box expanded) and the resultant permanent outer fiber deformation is greater than 5%, the cold-formed regions shall be thermally stress relieved at a minimum temperature of 593°C (1,100°F). Cold forming the connections of high-strength tubular components with hardnesses above 22 HRC shall require thermal stress relieving at a minimum temperature of 593°C (1,100°F).

10.2 Highly Alloyed Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubular Components Highly alloyed austenitic stainless steels shall contain at least these elements and meet the PREN or Ni + 2 Mo requirements of the subsequent paragraphs: C—0.08% maximum, Cr—16% minimum, Ni—8% minimum, P—0.03% maximum, S—0.030% maximum, Mn—2% maximum, and Si—0.5% maximum. Other alloying elements are permitted.

,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

`,,`,,,


`,```,```,,`,,``,,,


--

COP

MR0175-2003

10.2.1 Ni% + 2 Mo% >30 and 2% Mo Minimum Highly alloyed austenitic stainless steels in this category are those with Ni% + 2 Mo% >30 and 2% Mo minimum. All highly alloyed austenitic stainless steels are acceptable for use in the solution-annealed and cold-worked condition to 35 HRC maximum. Free-machining alloys are not acceptable. Environmental restrictions are as follows:

10.2.1.1 Ni% + 2 Mo% >30 and 2% Mo minimum alloys are acceptable for use with a maximum H2S partial pressure of 100 kPa (15 psia) at a maximum temperature of 60°C (140°F) with no elemental sulfur and no restrictions on chlorides. If the chloride content is less than 50 mg/L, the H2S partial pressure shall be less than 350 kPa (50 psia).

10.2.2 PREN >40 Highly alloyed austenitic stainless steels in this category are those having PREN >40. All highly alloyed austenitic stainless steels are acceptable for use in the solution-annealed and cold-worked condition to 35 HRC maximum. Free-machining alloys are not acceptable. Environmental restrictions are as follows:

10.2.2.1 At a maximum temperature of 121°C (250°F), the maximum H2S partial pressure shall be 700 kPa abs (100 psia), maximum 5,000 mg/L chloride, and no elemental (free) sulfur shall be present. 10.2.2.2 At a maximum temperature of 149°C (300°F), the maximum H2S partial pressure shall be 310 kPa abs (45 psia), maximum 5,000 mg/L chloride, and no elemental (free) sulfur shall be present. 10.2.2.3 At a maximum temperature of 171°C (340°F), the maximum H2S partial pressure shall be 100 kPa abs (15 psia), maximum 5,000 mg/L chloride, and no elemental (free) sulfur shall be present.

10.2.3 UNS N08926 (Individual Alloy) UNS N08926 is acceptable in the solution-annealed and cold-worked condition to 35 HRC maximum at a maximum temperature of 121°C (250°F) with a maximum H2S partial pressure of 700 kPa abs (100 psia), maximum 60,700 mg/L chloride, a maximum CO2 partial pressure of 1.4 MPa abs (200 psia), and no elemental (free) sulfur.

10.3 Martensitic Stainless Steel Tubular Components

10.3.1 API Spec 5CT/5CTM26 grade L-80 type 13Cr tubular components are acceptable up to a maximum H2S partial pressure of 10 kPa abs (1.5 psia) in

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


production environments with a produced water pH ≥3.5. 10.3.2 UNS S41426 tubular components are acceptable when quenched and tempered to 27 HRC maximum and yield strength 724 MPa (105 ksi) maximum, and applied up to a maximum H2S partial pressure of 10 kPa abs (1.5 psia) in production environments with a produced water pH ≥3.5. 10.3.3 15% Cr Tubular Components UNS S42500 (15Cr) is acceptable to a maximum H2S partial pressure of 10 kPa abs (1.5 psia) in production environments with a produced water pH ≥3.5 as tubing and casing in the quenched and double-tempered condition (Paragraph 10.3.3.1) at a maximum hardness of 22 HRC as grade 80 only. The tubing and casing is limited to applications in which the H2S partial pressure is less than 10 kPa abs (1.5 psia) and the pH of any produced aqueous phase is greater than 3.5. The quench and temper heat-treatment procedure shall conform to the following limitations:

10.3.3.1 Austenitize 900°C (1,652°F) or greater Quench Air or oil quench

1st Temper 730°C (1,346°F) minimum, then cool to ambient

2nd Temper 620°C (1,148°F) minimum,

then cool to ambient 10.4 Duplex Stainless Steel Tubular Components Duplex stainless steel tubular components in the solution-annealed, quenched, and cold-worked condition (ferrite content shall be 35 to 65 vol %) are acceptable in the following conditions:

10.4.1 Duplex stainless steels with 30≤PREN≤40 are acceptable with a maximum hardness of 36 HRC for environments containing 2 kPa abs (0.3 psia) H2S partial pressure or less.

10.4.2 Duplex stainless steels with 40<PREN<45 are acceptable with a maximum hardness of 36 HRC for environments containing 20 kPa abs (3 psia) H2S partial pressure and 120,000 mg/L chloride or less.

10.5 Nickel-Based Tubular Components Nickel-based components used for downhole casing, tubing, and the related equipment (hangers and downhole component bodies; components that are internal to the downhole component bodies) are subject to the requirements of Section 4 for general-usage alloys or this portion of the standard if the user chooses. The alloys fall into two divisions: (1) Solution-annealed and cold-worked alloys

COPY

MR0175-2003

(2) Solution-annealed and precipitation-hardenable alloys 10.5.1 Tubular Components Solution-annealed and cold-worked alloys are acceptable to 40 HRC maximum. The alloys are assigned to performance categories according to possible environmental parameters. The aim is to match strength and environmental requirements of the tubular components with those of the tubulars. The higher-numbered categories can be used in lower-numbered categories.

RIGHT 2003; NACE International Documen04/09/20the Docu

10.5.1.1 Group 1 — 1,030-MPa (150-ksi) maximum yield strength Chemical Composition: The chemical composition of these alloys shall be: 19.5% Cr minimum, 29.5% Ni + Co minimum, and 2.5% Mo minimum. The acceptable environment shall be one of the following shown in Table 5:

Table 5: Acceptable Environments for Tubular Components, Group 1

Temperature H2S partial pressure

Sulfur

232°C (450°F) maximum 0.2 MPa abs (30 psia) maximum no 218°C (425°F) maximum 0.7 MPa abs (100 psia) maximum no 204°C (400°F) maximum 1.0 MPa abs (150 psia) maximum no 177°C (350°F) maximum 1.4 MPa abs (200 psia) maximum no 132°C (270°F) maximum no limit yes

10.5.1.2 Group 2 — 1,030-MPa (150-ksi) maximum yield strength Chemical Composition: The chemical compo-sition of these alloys shall be:

19% Cr minimum, 45% Ni + Co minimum, and 6% Mo + W minimum. The acceptable environment shall be one of the following shown in Table 6:

,,`---

`,`


Temperature

H2S partial pressure Sulfur

218°C (425°F) maximum 2.0 MPa abs (300 psia) maximum no 149°C (300°F) maximum no limit yes

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,

10.5.1.3 Group 3 — 1,240-MPa (180-ksi) maximum yield strength Chemical Composition: The chemical composition of these alloys shall be:

0m

14.5% Cr minimum, 52% Ni + Co minimum, and 12% Mo minimum. The acceptable environment shall be one of the following shown in Table 7:


Temperature

H2S partial pressure Sulfur

232°C (450°F) maximum 7.0 MPa abs (1,000 psia) maximum yes 204°C (400°F) maximum no limit yes

10.6 Artificial Lift Equipment

10.6.1 Sucker-Rod Pumps and Sucker Rods

10.6.1.1 Sucker-rod pumps and sucker rods for sour service are outside the scope of this standard and are covered by other NACE International and

API standards. (Refer to NACE Standard MR0176.27)

10.6.2 Gas Lift Equipment

10.6.2.1 Surface and subsurface equipment shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3


t provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 3 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callent Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COPYR

MR0175-2003

through 8. Casing and tubing shall comply with the requirements of Section 10. 10.6.2.2 Austenitic stainless steels and highly alloyed stainless steels and nickel-copper alloys (UNS N05500, UNS N04400, and UNS N04405) are used for gas lift service. A valid use limit has not been established for these alloys for this application.

10.6.3 Other Artificial Lift Equipment

10.6.3.1 Other artificial lift equipment is outside the scope of this standard.

10.7 Packers and Other Subsurface Equipment

10.7.1 Materials listed in Table D1 in Appendix D and covered in Sections 3, 4, 8, and 10 are acceptable for packers and other subsurface equipment, regardless of shape, when used within the specified condition, hardness, and environmental limitations.

10.7.1.1 Martensitic precipitation-hardenable stainless steels are acceptable for packers and other subsurface equipment at the maximum hardnesses, in the heat-treated condition, and within the environmental limits as listed in Paragraphs 9.2.4.1 and 9.2.4.2.

10.7.1.2 Type 420M (chemical composition in accordance with API Spec 5CT/5CTM grade L-80 type 13Cr) is acceptable for packers and other subsurface equipment when quenched and tempered to 22 HRC maximum and applied up to a maximum H2S partial pressure of 10 kPa abs (1.5 psia) in production environments with a produced water pH ≥3.5. 10.7.1.3 Components manufactured from wrought, low-carbon martensitic stainless steel UNS S41427 bar in the austenitized, quenched, and double-tempered condition to 29 HRC maximum are acceptable up to a maximum H2S partial pressure of 10 kPa abs (1.5 psia) in production environments with a produced water

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

IGHT 2003; NACE International D0th

pH ≥3.5 and NaCl ≤1.0%, provided they are heat treated in accordance with Paragraph 10.7.1.3.1.

10.7.1.3.1 Heat-Treatment Procedure (Three-Step Process): (1) Austenitize 900 to 980°C (1,652 to 1,796°F) and air cool or oil quench to ambient temperature. (2) Temper at 600 to 700°C (1,112 to 1,292°F) and air cool to ambient temperature. (3) Temper at 540 to 620°C (1,004 to 1,148°F) and air cool to ambient temperature.

10.7.2 Austenitic stainless steels (such as UNS S31600 and UNS N08020) and nickel-iron-molybdenum alloys (such as UNS N08825) are successfully used in downhole screens, control line tubing, hardware (e.g., set screws, etc.), injection tubing, and injection equipment in more severe environments than those shown in MR0175. Environmental limits for these alloys for these applications have not been established. 10.7.3 Wrought nickel-copper alloys (UNS N05500 in accordance with the hardness limit and heat treatment conditions in Paragraph 9.2.5, UNS N04400, and UNS N04405) have been used in downhole running, setting, and service tool applications for temporary service. Environmental limits for these alloys for these applications have not been established. 10.7.4 UNS S17400 in accordance with the hardness limits and heat treatments in Paragraph 9.2.4.1 has been used for temporary drilling and subsurface well-servicing equipment that is stressed at less than 60% of its minimum specified yield strength under working conditions. Environmental limits for this alloy for these applications have not been established.

10.8 Slips

10.8.1 Slips are outside the scope of this standard.

________________________________________________________________________

Section 11: Wells, Flow Lines, Gathering Lines, Facilities, and Field Processing Plants

11.1 General. Materials used for production facilities and field processing installations shall meet the requirements of this section if they are to be exposed to sour environments and shall be fabricated in compliance with Section 5. 11.2 Flow Lines and Gathering Lines Materials and fabrication procedures shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3 through 8.

11.3 Production Facilities

11.3.1 Oil and Gas Processing and Injection Facilities

11.3.1.1 Materials and fabrication procedures shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3 through 8.



COP

MR0175-2003

11.3.1.2 If the chloride content in aqueous solutions is known or controlled to be low (typically less than 50 mg/L chloride) in operations after separation, the use limits for austenitic stainless steels (Paragraph 4.2), highly alloyed austenitic stainless steels (Paragraph 4.5), duplex stainless steels (Paragraphs 4.9 and 4.10), and nickel-based alloys (Paragraph 4.11) are less constrained than those reported in this standard. A valid use limit has not been established for these alloys for this application.

11.3.2 Cryogenic Gas Processing Plants

11.3.2.1 The use of alloy steels containing more than 1% nickel may be desirable in low-temperature service to provide resistance to brittle fracture. Because of the absence of water in this service, these alloys are acceptable, provided that adequate precautions (such as protecting the equipment by using inhibited methanol) are taken during startup and shutdown. Typical steels included in the class are ASTM A 333/A 333M28 grades 3, 4, 7, 8, and 9; A 334/A 334M29; A 203/A 203M30; A 420/A 420M31 grades WPL-3, WPL-6, and WPL-8; A 350/A 350M32 grade LF 3; A 353/A 353M33; and A 689.34

11.3.3 Water Injection and Water Disposal

11.3.3.1 Materials selection for water-handling facilities is outside the scope of this standard. Refer to NACE Standard RP0475.

11.4 Compressors and Pumps

11.4.1 Materials exposed to the sour environment shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3 through 8, except as noted in Paragraphs 11.4.2 and 11.4.3. 11.4.2 Gray cast iron (ASTM A 278/A 278M35 Class 35 or 40) and ductile iron (ASTM A 395/A 395M) are acceptable as compressor cylinders, liners, pistons, and valves. Aluminum alloy 355, temper T-7 (ASTM B 26/B 26M36), is acceptable for pistons. Aluminum, soft carbon steel, and soft, low-carbon iron are acceptable as gaskets in compressors handling sour gas.

11.4.3 UNS G43200 and a modified version of G43200 that contains 0.28 to 0.33% carbon are acceptable for compressor impellers at a maximum yield strength of 620 MPa (90 ksi) provided they have been heat treated in accordance with the following three-step process: (1) Austenitize and quench.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


(2) Temper at 621°C (1,150°F) minimum, but below the lower critical temperature. Cool to ambient temperature before the second temper. (3) Temper at 621°C (1,150°F) minimum, but lower than the first tempering temperature. Cool to ambient temperature. 11.4.4 Cast or wrought martensitic stainless steel alloys UNS S41000, S42400, J91150 (CA15), J91151 (CA15M), J91540 (CA6NM), are acceptable for use in compressors in sour environments at a maximum hardness stated in Paragraph 4.8 and when heat treated in accordance with Paragraphs 4.8.1.1 and 4.8.2.1.

11.4.4.1 Using these alloys for impellers at a higher strength level shall require that they exhibit a threshold stress of 95% of actual yield strength in an anticipated service environment of equivalent pH, H2S partial pressure, and chloride content.

11.4.5 Wrought UNS S17400 and S15500 martensitic precipitation-hardenable stainless steels are acceptable for use in compressors in sour environments at 33 HRC maximum hardness and when heat treated in accordance with Paragraph 9.2.4.1.1 or 9.2.4.1.2.

11.4.5.1 Using these alloys for impellers at a >33 HRC hardness level shall require that they exhibit a threshold stress of 95% of actual yield strength in an anticipated service environment of equivalent pH, H2S partial pressure, and chloride content.

11.4.6 Wrought UNS S45000 martensitic precipitation-hardenable stainless steel is acceptable for use in compressors in sour environments at 31 HRC maximum hardness (equivalent to 306 HBW for this alloy) and when heat treated in accordance with Paragraph 9.5.3.1 11.4.7 Austenitic stainless steels meeting the requirements of Paragraph 4.2 are acceptable for use in compressors in sour environments.

11.5 Pipe Fittings

11.5.1 Carbon steels meeting the requirements of ASTM A 105/A 105M or A 234/A 234M37 grades WPB and WPC are acceptable in the hot-worked condition to the following maximum hardnesses: A 105/A 105M (187 HBW); A 234/A 234M WPB and WPC (197 HBW).



COPY

MR0175-2003

________________________________________________________________________

Section 12: Drilling and Well-Servicing Equipment
12.1 General. Metallic materials used for drilling and well-servicing equipment shall meet the requirements of this section if they are to be exposed to sour environments and shall be fabricated in compliance with Section 5, except as otherwise indicated herein. 12.2 Control of Drilling and Well-Servicing Environments
12.2.1 The service stresses involved in drilling and well-servicing operations often require the use of materials and components having hardness (strength) greater than that permitted for carbon and low-alloy steels in Section 3. When such materials and components are required for drilling formations or are operating in sour environments, the primary means for avoiding SSC/SCC is control of the drilling or well-servicing environment. As service stresses and material hardnesses increase, drilling fluid control becomes increasingly important. 12.2.2 The drilling environment is controlled by maintenance of drilling fluid hydrostatic head and fluid density to minimize formation fluid in-flow and by the use of one or more of the following: (1) maintenance of pH 10 or higher to neutralize H2S in the drilled formation; (2) use of chemical sulfide scavengers; and (3) use of a drilling fluid in which oil is the continuous phase. 12.2.3 When aluminum drill pipe is used, the drilling fluid pH should not exceed 10.5 to avoid accelerated mass-loss corrosion.

12.3 Drilling Equipment

12.3.1 Drill Stem

12.3.1.1 Drill pipe, tool joints, drill collars, and other tubular components.

12.3.1.1.1 Steel tubular components meeting API specifications listed in Table D2 in Appendix D are acceptable if the drilling environment is controlled (see Paragraph 12.2). For optimum SSC/SCC resistance, steel components having specified minimum yield strengths greater than 660 MPa (95 ksi) should be heat treated by quenching and tempering.

12.3.1.2 Welding of Tool Joints to Drill Pipe

12.3.1.2.1 The weld and HAZ shall be heat treated by austenitizing, cooling to a temperature below the transformation range, and tempering at a minimum tempering temperature of 593°C (1,100°F).

RIGHT 2003; NACE International Docum04/09/the Do

12.3.1.3 Hardsurfacing

12.3.1.3.1 Hardsurfacing deposits on tubular drilling components may be applied only to regions of increased cross-section where service stresses are reduced. These deposits do not require heat treatment after being applied.

12.3.2 Drill Bits

12.3.2.1 Drill bits are outside the scope of this standard.

12.3.3 Other Drilling Components

12.3.3.1 Other drilling components (slush pumps, swivels, kelly cocks, etc.) shall be manufactured from materials in compliance with Sections 3 through 8. Parts of these components that are isolated from the sour drilling fluid or that are exposed only to the controlled drilling fluid environment (see Paragraph 12.2.2) are outside the scope of this standard.

12.4 Blowout Preventer (BOP)

12.4.1 Blowout preventer body and parts (excluding ram and ram shear blades) shall meet the requirements of Sections 3 through 8. 12.4.2 Blowout Preventer Shear Blades

12.4.2.1 High-strength and high-hardness steels are required for ram shear blades to shear drill pipe during drilling emergency conditions. However, these materials are highly susceptible to SSC/SCC.

12.4.3 Rams

12.4.3.1 Low-alloy steels processed in accordance with Sections 3 through 8 are acceptable for rams. Low-alloy steels in the chromium-molybdenum class (and its modifications) are acceptable as rams at 26 HRC maximum in the quenched and tempered condition. Careful attention to chemical composition and heat treatment is required to ensure SSC resistance of these alloys at hardness levels greater than 22 HRC. SSC tests shall be conducted to establish that the material is equivalent in SSC performance to materials that have given satisfactory service in sour environments.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


ent provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callcument Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COP

MR0175-2003

,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,

12.5 Choke Manifolds and Choke and Kill Lines 12.5.1 Choke manifolds and choke and kill lines shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3 through 8.

12.6 Drill Stem Testing

12.6.1 Drill stem testing is not ordinarily conducted in a controlled drilling environment. Materials for drill stem testing shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3 through 10 and Paragraph 12.2.1.

12.6.2 Materials shown in Table D2 in Appendix D can also be used with operational procedures that take into consideration the factors enumerated in Paragraph 1.4, which may involve use of inhibitors, limited entry, limited time, limited pressure, and metallurgical or design factors. Such operational procedures are outside the scope of this standard (see API RP 7G38).

12.7 Formation-Testing Tools

12.7.1 Materials for formation-testing tools shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3 through 10 and Paragraph 12.2.1.

12.8 Floating Drilling Operations

12.8.1 Blowout Preventers (BOP)

12.8.1.1 Blowout preventers shall comply with the requirements of Paragraph 12.4.

12.8.2 Drilling Riser Systems

12.8.2.1 If the flow of sour formation fluids is handled by diverting the flow at the sea floor BOP through the choke and kill lines, the drilling riser pipe, riser connections, ball or flex joints, and telescoping joints need not comply with this standard. If, however, the riser system is to be exposed to sour environments, materials used shall meet the requirements of Sections 3 through 8 and Table D1.

12.8.3 Choke and Kill Lines

12.8.3.1 Materials for the choke and kill lines and manifolds shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3 through 8.

YRIGHT 2003; NACE International D0th

12.9 Well-Servicing Equipment

12.9.1 Fluid Sampling Containers 12.9.1.1 Containers pressurized with the production environment shall meet the requirements of this standard.

12.9.2 Downhole Service Tools

12.9.2.1 Downhole servicing tools are not covered by this standard. The user shall ensure that the material is satisfactory for the limited time in the intended service environment.

12.9.3 Work String

12.9.3.1 Work strings used during well servicing when sour fluids are to be encountered shall comply with the requirements of Paragraph 10.1 or 12.3 as applicable. Work strings that are to be exposed to controlled drilling fluid environments only are outside the scope of this standard.

12.9.4 Blowout Preventers

12.9.4.1 Blowout preventers shall comply with the requirements of Paragraph 12.4.

12.9.5 Choke and Kill Lines

12.9.5.1 Choke and kill lines and manifolds shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3 through 9.

12.9.6 Production Test Facilities

12.9.6.1 Production test facilities shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3 through 8.

12.9.7 Wire Line Lubricator Assembly

12.9.7.1 Wire line lubricator and auxiliary equipment shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3 through 8 and Table D1 in Appendix D.

`,,`---

--`,```,```,,`,,``

________________________________________________________________________

Section 13: Adding New Materials to Section 3: Carbon and Low-Alloy Steels and Cast Irons
13.1 Balloting criteria: Carbon and low-alloy steels and cast irons with a hardness greater than 22 HRC that are not otherwise covered by this standard must meet the following minimum balloting criteria for balloting prior to inclusion in this standard. These balloting criteria are necessary but may not be sufficient conditions for inclusion in all cases.
ocume4/09/2e Doc

13.1.1 Additions are accomplished using laboratory or field tests performed and successful balloting in accordance with the requirements of this standard. 13.1.2 Requests for revision of this standard shall be made in writing to NACE Headquarters as described in


nt provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callument Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COPY

MR0175-2003

the NACE Technical Committee Publications Manual.39 These requests shall state the specific changes proposed, supported by appropriate documentation, including a complete description of the materials or processes and laboratory or field test data or service performance, or other technical justification. The requested change shall be reviewed and balloted as described in the NACE Technical Committee Publications Manual. 13.1.3 The candidate steel must be tested in accordance with the test procedures established in NACE Standard TM0177. The tensile bar, C-ring, bent beam, and double-cantilever beam as described in NACE Standard TM0177 are accepted test specimens. Any of these test specimens may be used. 13.1.4 A minimum of three test specimens from each of three different commercially prepared heats must be tested in the (heat-treated) condition balloted for MR0175 inclusion. The composition of each heat and the heat treatment(s) used shall be furnished as part of the ballot. The candidate material’s composition range and/or UNS number and its heat-treated condition

RIGHT 2003; NACE International Docum04/09/the Do

requested for inclusion in MR0175 must be included with the ballot. 13.1.5 The Rockwell hardness of each test specimen must be determined and reported as part of the ballot. The average hardness of each test specimen shall be the hardness of that test specimen. The minimum test specimen hardness obtained for a given heat/condition shall be the hardness of that heat/condition for the purpose of balloting. The maximum hardness requested for inclusion of the candidate material in MR0175 must be specified in the ballot and shall be supported by the data provided.

13.1.6 For each of the tests performed, the testing details shall be reported as part of the ballot item being submitted.

13.1.7 See Appendix B for sample test data tables and the definition of available Test Levels I through VII. Test Levels are defined in terms of temperature, minimum CO2 content, minimum H2S content, minimum NaCl content, water pH, and other variables. Appendix C provides previously submitted ballot data that may be useful as a reference

________________________________________________________________________

Section 14: Adding New Materials to MR0175 Section 4: Corrosion-Resistant Alloys (CRAs) All Other Alloys Not Defined as Carbon and Low-Alloy Steels and Cast Irons in Section 3

14.1 New individual materials (alloys) and/or new processes that are associated with individual alloy(s) shall be balloted according to a Test Level in paragraphs or sections that deal with individual alloys. Each Test Level corresponds to a level of environmental severity, which is listed in Appendix B, Table B1; the balloter is free to increase the severity at which the tests are conducted subject to the minimum environmental constraints of the balloted Test Level. Ballots on new materials and/or processes that are based only on laboratory data shall contain results of tests conducted on test specimens from at least three heats of material.

14.1.1 Additions are accomplished using laboratory or field tests performed and successful balloting in accordance with the requirements of this standard. 14.1.2 Requests for revision of this standard shall be made in writing to NACE Headquarters as described in the NACE Technical Committee Publications Manual. These requests shall state the specific changes proposed, supported by appropriate documentation, including a complete description of the materials or processes and laboratory or field test data or service performance, or other technical justification. The requested change shall be reviewed and balloted as described in the NACE Technical Committee Publications Manual.

14.1.3 See Sections 13 and 15 and other paragraphs within Section 14 for additional requirements. 14.1.4 See Appendix B for sample test data tables and the definition of available Test Levels I through VII. Test Levels are defined in terms of temperature, minimum CO2 content, minimum H2S content, minimum NaCl content, water pH, and other variables. Appendix C provides previously submitted ballot data that may be useful as a reference.

14.2 Austenitic and duplex stainless steels, nickel-based alloys, and titanium alloys may be susceptible to cracking at elevated temperatures. Test data for these alloys at Test Level II or III qualify them for use only at ambient temperature. For use at elevated temperature, data at Test Level IV, V, VI, or VII should be submitted. When a Test Level higher than III is being balloted, the ballot item submitter shall also include test results at room temperature in accordance with the requirements of Test Level III. Cracking of some duplex stainless steels has been inhibited by galvanic coupling with steel; therefore, evaluation of duplex stainless steel at room temperature using Test Level II may be considered.

14.3 Laboratory data produced in accordance with the requirements of NACE Standards TM0177 and TM019840 provide two accepted bases for required laboratory test information. Other test methods may be employed. These
--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ent provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callcument Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COP

MR0175-2003

test environments are not intended to represent actual service conditions. The test results with testing details shall be available to the public. The data that are presented in Appendix B, Table B2 are not meant as guidelines on application or a limit in service environments in which materials may be used; for example, for tension testing, the threshold stress at which cracking occurs or the maximum stress at which failure/cracking does not occur shall be listed with the material and the conditions under which it has been tested. It is the user’s responsibility to ensure that a material will be satisfactory in the intended service environment. NACE Headquarters shall make data submitted to NACE for these ballot items available for public review. Appendix C contains ballot submittal data for some materials accepted in recent years.

14.3.1 Changing the environmental use limits (of temperature, chlorides, pH, partial pressure of H2S, or


the presence of elemental sulfur) for an individual alloy may be accomplished only if the alloy is listed individually.

14.4 Adding alloy categories or changing the environmental use limits (of temperature, chlorides, pH, partial pressure of H2S, or the presence of elemental sulfur) for an alloy category may be accomplished only by balloting data that support changing these conditions for the entire alloy category. Therefore, changing the environmental use conditions (of temperature, chlorides, pH, partial pressure of H2S, or the presence of elemental sulfur) for an individual alloy contained in an alloy category may be accomplished only by balloting data that support changing these conditions for the entire alloy category containing the individual alloy.

________________________________________________________________________

Section 15: Proposing Changes and Making Additions for MR0175 Sections 5 Through 11: Fabrication, Welding, and Specific Equipment

Changes or additions to these sections require a ballot procedure described in Sections 13 and/or 14 depending on the material in question. Alternatively, the user may also

Doc04/0the

choose to follow the procedure given in Section 16 for application-specific cases.

-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

`

________________________________________________________________________

Section 16: Materials for Application-Specific Cases Without Proposing Adding New Materials to MR0175

`,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-

`
Materials that are not specifically listed in MR1075 may comply with the standard for application-specific cases. This section provides the minimum requirements for compliance with this standard for application-specific cases when using: (1) alloys in the specific categories outside MR0175, (2) alloys included in MR0175 but used outside the acceptable environments of MR0175, or (3) alloys not listed in MR0175 and not included in a specific category. 16.1 General Requirements For specific applications (for example, wells or fields), alloy usage shall be supported by documented laboratory testing and/or field experience. Supporting documentation shall be submitted to NACE International Headquarters, which will make these data available to the public. NACE International will neither review nor approve this documentation. It is the user’s responsibility to evaluate and determine the applicability of the documented data for the intended application. New alloy categories and acceptable environments shall not become part of MR0175 until they are approved by ballot. MR0175 places limits on (1) manufacturing processes and
(2) environments. Alloy use outside the requirements of this standard is the responsibility of the user. Broadening alloy use applies only to each alloy composition and material condition for which documentation has been obtained. (Alloy composition refers to a UNS number or other identification of a particular chemical composition range.) The equipment user shall determine the applicability for products with different manufacturing processing methods (e.g., wrought versus cast, size and form, hot/cold work, etc.). 16.2 Testing Requirements Tests shall be conducted on specimens taken from products having a size and form similar to the intended application. The chemical composition shall be specified and shall be tested within the compositional range of that alloy. The user shall specify the maximum strength and hardness for the product specification based on the laboratory data. For environmental testing, the following shall be recorded for the test specimen(s):

• test specimen size, test specimen type, and test specimen location within the part.

• the part form and complete processing history. This shall include wrought vs. cast, size and form, hot/cold work, and any heat treatments.

--`,```,`


ument provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 9/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please call

Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COPYR

MR0175-2003

16.2.1 Expanding the Acceptable Environments It is the user’s responsibility to ensure that the testing cited is relevant to intended applications. Choice of appropriate temperatures and environment for evaluating susceptibility to both SCC and SSC is required. NACE Standard TM0177 and EFC(14) Publication #1741 provide guidelines for laboratory testing. Typically, an expanded environmental limit may be an increase in the H2S partial pressure limit and may be linked to either low chloride or pH limits, or to a temperature limitation. 16.2.2 Test Protocols Test methods and acceptance criteria in EFC Publication #1642 for low-alloy steels are suggested as a basis for qualifying alloys in this section in appropriate SCC/SSC test environments. It is the

IGHT 2003; NACE International Docu04/09the D

equipment user’s responsibility to accept the test procedures and acceptance criteria. 16.2.3 Field Experience Expanded applications based on field experience shall be limited to both the alloy composition and the deployment of manufactured components under similar environmental and stress conditions as those cited in the successful field experience. Field-based documentation for expanded alloy use requires exposure of a component for sufficient time to demonstrate its resistance to SCC/SSC. Sufficient information on factors that affect SCC/SSC (e.g., stress levels, fluid and gas composition, operating conditions, galvanic coupling, etc.) shall be documented.

________________________________________________________________________

References
1. E.M. Moore, J.J. Warga, “Factors Influencing the Hydrogen Cracking Sensitivity of Pipeline Steels,” CORROSION/76, paper no. 144 (Houston, TX: NACE International, 1976). 2. NACE Standard TM0284 (latest revision), “Evaluation of Pipeline and Pressure Vessel Steels for Resistance to Hydrogen-Induced Cracking” (Houston, TX: NACE). 3. NACE Standard RP0475 (latest revision), “Selection of Metallic Materials to Be Used in All Phases of Water Handling for Injection into Oil-Bearing Formations” (Houston, TX: NACE). 4. NACE Standard TM0177 (latest revision), “Laboratory Testing of Metals for Resistance to Sulfide Stress Cracking and Stress Corrosion Cracking in H2S Environments” (Houston, TX: NACE). 5. ASTM E 18 (latest revision), “Standard Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial Hardness of Metallic Materials” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 6. ASTM E 140 (latest revision), “Standard Hardness Conversion Tables for Metals — Relationship Among Brinell Hardness, Vickers Hardness, Rockwell Hardness, Rockwell Superficial Hardness, Knoop Hardness, and Scleroscope Hardness” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 7. ASTM E 384 (latest revision), “Standard Test Method for Microindentation Hardness of Materials” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM).
8. ASTM E 10 (latest revision), “Standard Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 9. ASTM A 370 (latest revision), “Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 10. ASTM A 105/A 105M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 11. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 (latest revision), “Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels” (New York, NY: ASME). 12. ASTM A 53/A 53M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 13. ASTM A 106 (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 14. API Spec 5L (latest revision), “Line Pipe” (Washington, DC: API); ISO(15) 3183-1 (latest revision), “Petroleum and natural gas industries — Steel pipe for pipelines — Technical delivery conditions — Part 1: Pipes of requirement class A” (Geneve, Switzerland: ISO); ISO 3183-2 (latest revision), “Petroleum and natural gas industries — Steel pipe for pipelines — Technical delivery conditions — Part 2: Pipes of requirements class B” (Geneve, Switzerland: ISO).


___________________________ (14) European Federation of Corrosion (Society of Chemical Industry), Institute of Metals, 1 Carlton House Terrace, London, SW1Y 5DB, United Kingdom. (15) International Organization for Standardization (ISO), 1 rue de Varembe, Case Postale 56, CH-1121 Geneve 20, Switzerland.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


COPY

MR0175-2003

15. ASTM A 395/A 395M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 16. ASTM A 351/A 351M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, Austenitic-Ferritic (Duplex), for Pressure-Containing Parts” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 17. ASTM A 743/A 743M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for General Application” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 18. ASTM A 744/A 744M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for Severe Service” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 19. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX (latest revision), “Welding and Brazing Qualifications” (New York, NY: ASME). 20. SAE AMS-S-13165 (latest revision), “Shot Peening of Metal Parts” (Warrendale, PA: SAE). 21. API Spec 6A (latest revision), “Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment” (Washington, DC: API). 22. ASTM A 193/A 193M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 23. ASTM A 320/A 320M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Alloy/Steel Bolting Materials for Low-Temperature Service” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 24. ASTM A 194/A 194M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 25. ASTM A 747/A 747M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Stainless, Precipitation Hardening” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 26. API Spec 5CT (latest revision), “Casing and Tubing (U.S. Customary Units)” and API Spec 5CTM (latest revision), “Casing and Tubing (Metric Units)” (Washington, DC: API). 27. NACE Standard MR0176 (latest revision), “Metallic Materials for Sucker-Rod Pumps for Corrosive Oilfield Environments” (Houston, TX: NACE). 28. ASTM A 333/A 333M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM).

RIGHT 2003; NACE International D0t

29. ASTM A 334/A 334M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes for Low-Temperature Service” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 30. ASTM A 203/A 203M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 31. ASTM A 420/A 420M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-Temperature Service” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 32. ASTM A 350/A 350M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 33. ASTM A 353/A 353M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, 9 Percent Nickel, Double-Normalized and Tempered” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM) 34. ASTM A 689 (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Bars for Springs” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 35. ASTM A 278/A 278M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts for Temperatures up to 650°F” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 36. ASTM B 26/B 26M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 37. ASTM A 234/A 234M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 38. API RP 7G (latest revision), “Drill Stem Design and Operating Limits” (Washington, DC: API); ISO 10407 (latest revision), “Petroleum and natural gas industries — Drilling and production equipment — Drill stem design and operating limits” (Geneve, Switzerland: ISO). 39. NACE Technical Committee Publications Manual (latest revision) (Houston, TX: NACE). 40. NACE Standard TM0198 (latest revision), “Slow Strain Rate Test Method for Screening Corrosion-Resistant Alloys (CRAs) for Stress Corrosion Cracking in Sour Oilfield Service” (Houston, TX: NACE). 41. European Federation of Corrosion (EFC) Publication #17, 2nd ed., “Corrosion Resistant Alloys for Oil and Gas Production: Guidance on General Requirements and Test Methods for H2S Service” (London, UK: EFC, 2002).


--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


COPY

MR0175-2003

R

42. EFC Publication #16, 2nd ed., “Guidelines on Materials Requirements for Carbon and Low Alloy Steel for H2S Environments in Oil and Gas Production” (London, UK: EFC, 2002). 43. ASTM A 494/A 494M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel and Nickel Alloy” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 44. ASTM A 536 (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 45. ASTM A 571/A 571M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Austenitic Ductile Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-Temperature Service” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 46. ASTM A 220/A 220M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Pearlitic Malleable Iron” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 47. ASTM A 602 (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Automotive Malleable Iron Castings” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM).

IGHT 2003; NACE International

48. ASTM A 48/A 48M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 49. ASTM A 276 (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 50. ASTM A 182/A 182M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy-Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 51. ASTM A 213/A 213M (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler, Superheater, and Heat-Exchanger Tubes” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 52. ASTM A 524 (latest revision), Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 53. ASTM A 381 (latest revision), “Standard Specification for Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use with High-Pressure Transmission Systems” (West Conshohocken, PA: ASTM). 54. API Spec 5D (latest revision), “Drill Pipe” (Washington, DC: API).

________________________________________________________________________

Appendix A

Sample Calculations of the Partial Pressure of H2S

,,`,`,,`--

Figure A-1 provides a graphical representation of the partial pressure relationship described in Paragraph 1.4 as it applies to sour gas systems. Figure A-2 provides a graphical representation of the partial pressure relationship described in Paragraph 1.4 as it applies to sour multiphase systems.

D0th

Partial pressure may be calculated by multiplying the system total absolute pressure times the mole fraction of H2S. For example, in a 69 MPa abs (10,000 psia) system in which the H2S is 10 mol% in the gas, the H2S partial pressure is:

-
`

psia1,000 =10,000 x 100

10

abs MPa 6.9 = 69 x 100

10

For downhole liquid crude oil systems operating above the bubble point pressure, for which no equilibrium gas composition is available, the partial pressure of H2S may be determined by using the mole fraction of H2S in the gas phase at the bubble point pressure. For example, for an oil with a 34.5 MPa abs (5,000 psia) bubble point pressure which has 10 mol% H2S in the gas phase at the bubble point, the H2S partial pressure would be:

psia500 = 100

10 x5,000

abs MPa 3.45 = 100

10 x 34.5

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,


C

MR0175-2003


Figure A-1: Sour Gas Systems (see Paragraph 1.4)


--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

COP

MR0175-2003


Figure A-2: Sour Multiphase Systems (see Paragraph 1.4)

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


CO

MR0175-2003


________________________________________________________________________

Appendix B Sample Test Data Tables

Table B1: Description of Test Levels

Test Level

I II III IV V VI VII

Temperature 25 ±3°C (77 ±5°F)

25 ±3°C (77 ±5°F)

25 ±3°C (77 ±5°F)

90 ±5°C (194 ±9°F)

150 ±5°C (302 ±9°F)

175 ±5°C (347 ±9°F)

205 ±5°C (401 ±9°F)

CO2 content, min.

none none none 0.7 MPa abs (100

psia)

1.4 MPa abs (200

psia)

3.5 MPa abs (500

psia)

3.5 MPa abs (500

psia) Environmental

Condition H2S content, min.

(list) TM0177 TM0177 0.003 MPa abs (0.4

psia)

0.7 MPa abs (100

psia)

3.5 MPa abs (500

psia)

3.5 MPa abs (500

psia) NaCl content,

min. (list) TM0177 TM0177 150,000

mg/L 150,000

mg/L 200,000

mg/L 250,000

mg/L pH (list) TM0177 TM0177 (list) (list) (list) (list)

Other(A) (list) none coupled to steel

(list) (list) (list) (list)

Test Method(s)

(list) (list the TM0177 method)

(list the TM0177 method)

(list) (list) (list) (list)

Material Type and Condition

report—chemical composition, UNS number, processing history, heat treatment

Material Properties

report—yield strength, tensile strength, % elongation, hardness

Stress Level and Results

report—test stress level, plastic strain, etc., test results

(A) Elemental sulfur/oxidants will increase SCC susceptibility.

Table B2: Test Data

Test Level Material Type and Condition

Material Properties Test Method and Environment Test Results

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


COPY

MR0175-2003


________________________________________________________________________

Appendix C: Ballot Submittal Data This appendix gives information on data submitted for ballot for acceptance into MR0175. All of these materials have been accepted; the tables show to what limits the materials were tested. Any use beyond these limits is the responsibility of the user. Cast UNS J93254 (CK3MCuN) in accordance with ASTM A 351/A 351M, A 743/A 743M, or A 744/A 744M in the cast, solution heat-treated condition at a hardness level of 100 HRB maximum in the absence of elemental sulfur. (See Table C1.)

Table C1 Test Level



II and III

UNS J93254 (CK3MCuN) castings, solution heat-treated

YS(A) 300-330 MPa (43-48 ksi) UTS(B) 590-650 MPa (86-94 ksi) Elong. 47-54%

TM0177 solution, 180° u-bend loaded beyond yield, iron coupled and non-iron coupled

No failures in 720+ h

YS 330-340 MPa (48-50 ksi) UTS 650-690 MPa (94-100 ksi) Elong. 47-48%

TM0177 tensile, loaded to yield, iron coupled and non-iron coupled


(A) Yield strength. (B) Ultimate tensile strength. UNS N08367 in the wrought, solution heat-treated or solution heat-treated and cold-worked condition to 35 HRC maximum in the absence of elemental sulfur. (See Table C2.)

Table C2 Test Level


Material Properties Test Method and Environment

Test Results

II and III UNS N08367 solution heat-treated and solution heat-treated and cold-worked

YS 1,300 MPa (120 ksi) UTS 1,400 MPa (200 ksi) Elong. 11-16% Hardness 41-45 HRC

TM0177 Method A loaded to 90% of yield, iron coupled and non-iron coupled


V mod 4-point bent-beam, Test Level V modified: 10% NaCl, 121°C (250°F), 0.7 MPa abs (100 psia) H2S, at 100% of yield


Wrought UNS S32654 in the absence of elemental sulfur, and in the annealed condition at a hardness level of 22 HRC maximum provided that it is free of cold work designed to enhance the mechanical properties. (See Table C3.)

Table C3 Test Level


Material Properties

Test Method and Environment Test Results

II Wrought, annealed UNS S32654

Hardness up to 16.5 HRC

Four-point loading, 0.9-1.0 x YS, 5% NaCl + 0.5% acetic acid, RT(A)

ptot(B) = pH2S = 100 kPa abs (15 psia)

12 specimens tested, no cracks

II Wrought, annealed, cold deformed by rolling 40% UNS S32654


Four-point loading, 0.9-1.0 x YS, 5% NaCl + 0.5% acetic acid, RT ptot = pH2S = 100 kPa abs (15 psia)


III Wrought, annealed UNS S32654


Four-point loading, 0.9-1.0 x YS, coupling to carbon steel, 5% NaCl + 0.5% acetic acid, RT ptot = pH2S = 100 kPa abs (15 psia)


III Wrought, annealed, cold deformed by rolling 40% UNS S32654


Four-point loading, 0.9-1.0 x YS, coupling to carbon steel, 5% NaCl + 0.5% acetic acid, RT ptot = pH2S = 100 kPa abs (15 psia)


(A) Room temperature. (B) Total pressure.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

RIGHT 2003; NACE International Document provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 04/09/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callthe Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

CO

MR0175-2003


Wrought UNS S31266 processed with vacuum induction melting (VIM) or vacuum oxygen deoxidation (VOD) followed by electroslag remelting (ESR) and subsequently solution annealed and cold worked to 38 HRC maximum hardness for use up to Test Level V. (See Table C4.)

Table C4 Test Level



Stress Level Test Results

I Solution-annealed and cold-drawn UNS S31266

41 HRC TM0177 Method A— 5% NaCl 0.5% acetic acid 0.10 MPa abs (15 psia) H2S 24°C (75°F)

100 % Actual YS 720 h No failures

I Solution-annealed and cold-drawn UNS S31266

41 HRC TM0177 Method A — 5% NaCl 0.5% acetic acid 0.10 MPa abs (15 psia) H2S 24°C (75°F) coupled to steel

100% Actual YS 720 h No failures

I Solution-annealed and cold-worked by tensile straining UNS S31266

37, 36, 35 HRC TM0177 Method A — 5% NaCl 0.5% acetic acid 0.10 MPa abs (15 psia) H2S 24°C (75°F)


I Solution-annealed and cold-worked by tensile straining UNS S31266

37, 36, 35 HRC TM0177 Method A — 5% NaCl 0.5% acetic acid 0.10 MPa abs (15 psia) H2S 24°C (75°F)


V Solution-annealed and cold-drawn UNS S31266

41 HRC TM0177 Method A — 15% NaCl 0.7 MPa abs (100 psia) H2S 1.4 MPa abs (200 psia) CO2 150°C (302°F)

90% Actual YS at 150°C (302°F)

720 h No failures

V Solution-annealed and cold-worked by tensile straining UNS S31266

37, 38 HRC TM0177 Method A — 15% NaCl 0.7 MPa abs (100 psia) H2S 1.4 MPa abs (200 psia) CO2 150°C (302°F)

90% Actual YS at 150°C (302°F)

720 h No failures

V mod.(A)

Solution-annealed and cold-rolled UNS S31266

38, 39 HRC Four-point bend test — 20% NaCl 0.7 MPa abs (100 psia) H2S 1.4 MPa abs (200 psia) CO2 150°C (302°F)

100% Actual YS at 150°C (302°F)

720 h No failures

(A) mod. — 20% NaCl was used instead of the standard 15% NaCl as given in the normal Test Level V test solution. Wrought UNS S34565 in the solution-annealed condition to 29 HRC maximum in the absence of elemental sulfur. (See Table C5.)

Table C5 Test Level


Material Properties

Test Method and Environment


III Wrought, solution-annealed UNS S34565

Max. 29 HRC TM0177, Solution A, RT, Method A

90% YS No failures

IV Wrought, solution-annealed UNS S34565

Max. 29 HRC TM0177, Table B1 Test Level IV, 90°C (194°F), Method A

90% SMYS No failures

IV Wrought, solution-annealed UNS S34565

Max. 29 HRC Similar to TM0198, 90°C (194°F)

No cracks

Wrought low-carbon martensitic stainless steel UNS S41425 in the austenitized, quenched, and tempered condition to 28 HRC maximum hardness in the absence of elemental sulfur. (See Table C6.)

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


COPY

MR0175-2003


Table C6 Test Level


Material Properties

Test Method and Environment Stress Level Test Results

I Wrought, quenched, and tempered UNS S41425

29, 27, 28 HRC

TM0177 Solution A except H2S 0.010 MPa abs (1.5 psia) pH 3.5 RT Method A Uncoupled to steel

80% SMYS No failures


29, 27, 28, 29 HRC

H2S 0.0031 MPa abs (0.45 psia) CO2 0.7 MPa abs (100 psia) NaCl 15% Temp. 90°C (194°F)

80% and 90% SMYS

No failures


29, 27, 28 HRC

H2S 0.010 MPa abs (1.5 psia) CO2 20 MPa abs (450 psia) NaCl 5% Temp. 175°C (348°F)

80% and 90% SMYS

No failures

Wrought UNS N08031 in the cold-worked condition to 35 HRC maximum and 3.45 MPa abs (500 psia) H2S partial pressure maximum in the absence of elemental sulfur. (See Table C7.)

Table C7 Test Level Material Type and

Condition Material Properties Test Method and

Environment Stress Level Test

Results II Cold-worked wrought

UNS N08031 36, 37, 36 HRC TM0177 Solution A

RT,(A) Method A 100% YS No failures

III Cold worked wrought UNS N08031

36, 37, 36 HRC TM0177 Solution A RT, Method A

100% YS No failures

V Cold-worked wrought UNS N08031

36, 37, 36 HRC MR0175, Table B1 Test Level V, 150°C (300°F)

100% YS No failures

VI Cold-worked wrought UNS N08031

36, 37, 36 HRC MR0175, Table B1 Test Level VI, 175°C (347°F)

100% YS No failures

(A) Room Temperature. Wrought UNS N07924 in the solution-annealed and aged condition at a maximum hardness of 35 HRC for use in environments with no elemental sulfur up to 175°C (347°F), Test Level VI. (See Table C8.)


Condition Material

Properties Test Method and

Environment Test Results

II and III

UNS N07924 Wrought,solution-

annealed, and aged

35-36 HRC YS: 735-776 MPa

(106-112 ksi) UTS: 1,180-1,220 MPa

(171-176 ksi) Elong. 4d: 34% RA(A): 47-49%

TM0177 Solution Method A (tensile),

loaded to 100% of YS, room temp., iron coupled and

non-iron coupled

No failure in 720+ hours

VI

Same Materials

Same Properties

MR0175, Table 1 Test Level VI, 175°C (347°F)

SSRT(B) for SCC in sour oilfield service, NACE TM0198

standard extension rate: 4 x 10-6 sec-1

No SCC • TTF(C)/TTF air:

0.93-1.03 • Elong./Elong. air:

0.92-1.00 • RA/RA air:

0.75-0.84 (A) Reduction in area. (C) Slow strain rate test. (B) Total time to failure. Wrought UNS N07725 in the solution-annealed and aged condition at a hardness level of 43 HRC maximum in the absence of elemental sulfur. (See Table C9.)

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

RIGHT 2003; NACE International Document provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 04/09/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callthe Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

COP

MR0175-2003


Table C9 Test Level



Test Results

III UNS N07725, solution-annealed and aged

YS 1,030-1,100 MPa (149-160 ksi) UTS 1,350-1,390 MPa (196-202 ksi) Elong. 23-25% RA 33-46%

TM0177 Method A, tensile test at 100% of YS, coupled to steel, environment of Test Level III in Table B1, 25°C (77°F)

No failures in 720 h

VI UNS N07725, solution-annealed and aged

YS 1,030-1,100 MPa (149-160 ksi) UTS 1,350-1,390 MPa (196-202 ksi) Elong. 23-25% RA 33-46%

TM0198 SSRT, environment of Test Level VI in Table B1, 175°C (347°F)

No failures, SSR(A) ratios 0.82-1.16, normal ductile behavior

(A) Slow Strain Rate. For nondownhole applications, cast UNS N26625 (CW6MC) in accordance with ASTM A 49443 in the cast, solution-heat-treated condition to 195 HBW maximum in the absence of elemental sulfur. (See Table C10.)

Table C10 Test Level Material Type

and Condition Material Properties Test Method and

Environment Test Results

YS 320 MPa (46 ksi) UTS 570-660 MPa (82-96 ksi) Elong. 31-63%

TM0177 solution, 180° u-bend loaded beyond yield, iron coupled and non-iron coupled


II and III UNS N26625 (CW6MC) castings, solution-heat-treated YS 280-290 MPa (41-42 ksi)

UTS 580-610 MPa (84-88 ksi) Elong. 59-64%

TM0177 tensile, loaded to yield, iron coupled and non-iron coupled


UNS S41426 tubing and casing, quenched and tempered to 27 HRC maximum and yield strength 730 MPa (105 ksi) maximum, and applied up to a maximum H2S partial pressure of 10 kPa abs (1.5 psia) in production environments with a produced water pH ≥3.5. (See Table C11.)

Table C11 Test Level




1. HRC 28.1 YS 741 MPa (108 ksi) 2. HRC 28.5 YS 738 MPa (107) ksi 3. HRC 29 YS 779 MPa (113 ksi)

TM0177, Method A 0.010 MPa abs (1.5 psia) H2S + 0.0931 MPa abs (13.5 psia) CO2 5% NaCl, pH 3.5, 25°C (77°F), at 80% of YS

No failures


1. HRC 28 YS 738 MPa (107 ksi) 2. HRC 29 YS 772 MPa (112 ksi) 3. HRC 29 YS 779 MPa (113 ksi)

TM0177 , Method A 0.0031 MPa abs (0.45 psia) H2S +0.097 MPa abs (14 psia) CO2 5% NaCl, 25°C (77°F), at 80% of YS

No failures


1. HRC 28 YS 738 MPa (107 ksi) 2. HRC 29 YS 772 MPa (112 ksi) 3. HRC 29 YS 779 MPa (113 ksi)

TM0177, Method C 0.010 MPa abs (1.5 psia) H2S + 3.1 MPa abs (450 psia) CO2 5% NaCl, 175°C (347°F), at 80% of YS for 738 MPa (107 ksi) and 772 MPa (112 ksi) at 90% of YS for 779 MPa (113 ksi)

No failures

Wrought UNS R20033 in the annealed or annealed and cold-worked condition to 35 HRC maximum in the absence of elemental sulfur. (See Table C12.)

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


COP

MR0175-2003






II UNS R20033, cold-worked bar

Hardness 40 HRC TM0177 Method A Solution A, RT

100% YS No failure

III UNS R20033, cold-worked bar

Hardness 40 HRC TM0177 Method A Solution A, RT

100% YS No failure

IV UNS R20033, cold-worked bar

Hardness 35 HRC TM0177 Method A MR0175, Table 1 Test Level IV, 90°C (194°F)

100% YS No failure

UNS N07626, totally dense hot compacted by a powder metallurgy process, in the solution-annealed (927°C [1,700°F] minimum) plus aged (538 to 816°C [1,000 to 1,500°F]) condition or the direct-aged (538 to 816°C [1,000 to 1,500°F]) condition to a maximum hardness of 40 HRC and a maximum tensile strength of 1,380 MPa (200 ksi). (See Table C13.)


Condition Material Properties Test Method, Environment Test Results

III UNS N07626, powder, hot compacted, direct aged

YS 1,020 MPa (148 ksi), 41 HRC

TM0177 C, C-ring tested at 100% YS, coupled to steel, environment of Test Level III in Table B1, 25°C (77°F)

No failures in 720 hours

25% NaCl + 15% H2S + 15%

CO2 + 70% N

UNS N07626, powder, hot compacted, direct aged

YS 917 MPa (133 ksi), 40 HRC

C-ring tested at 90% YS, coupled to steel, 25°C (77°F)

No failures in 40 days

25% NaCl + 15% H2S + 15% CO2 + 70% N +

1 g/L S

UNS N07626, powder, hot compacted, direct aged

YS 917 MPa (133 ksi), 40 HRC

C-ring tested at 90% YS, 205°C (400°F)


Components manufactured from wrought, low-carbon martensitic stainless steel UNS S41427 bar in the austenitized, quenched, and double-tempered condition to 29 HRC maximum in the absence of elemental sulfur at ambient temperature provided they are heat treated in accordance with the following heat-treatment procedure. (See Table C14.) Heat Treatment Procedure (Three-Step Process): (1) Austenitize 900 to 980°C (1,652 to 1,796°F) and air cool or oil quench to ambient temperature. (2) Temper at 600 to 700°C (1,112 to 1,292°F) and air cool to ambient temperature. (3) Temper at 540 to 620°C (1,004 to 1,148°F) and air cool to ambient temperature.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


C

MR0175-2003


Table C14

Test Level


Material Properties Test Method, Environment Stress Level

Test Results(A)

I Wrought, quenched, and double-tempered UNS S41427

(1) 30 HRC YS 751 MPa (109 ksi) (2) 29 HRC YS 682 MPa (98.9 ksi) (3) 30 HRC YS 765 MPa (111 ksi)

TM0177 Method A 1 wt% NaCl + CH3COONa (0.04

g/L) + CH3COOH (0.23 wt%) H2S 10 kPa abs (1.45 psia or 0.1

bar abs), balance CO2 pH 3.5

RT

90% of yield stress

NF



TM0177 Method A 0.2% NaCl + CH3COONa (6.8 g/L)

+ CH3COOH H2S 10 kPa abs (1.45 psia or 0.1

bar abs), balance CO2 pH 3.5

RT

90% of yield stress

NF



TM0177 Method A 15% NaCl + CH3COONa (4.1 g/L) H2S 7 kPa abs (1 psia or 0.07 bar

abs), balance CO2 pH 4.2

RT

85% and 90% of yield stress

NF


(1) 28 HRC YS 709 MPa (103 ksi) (2) 26.5 HRC YS 711 MPa (103 ksi)

TM0177 Method A 15% NaCl

H2S 3 kPa abs (0.44 psia or 0.03 bar abs)

CO2 700 kPa abs (100 psia or 7 bar abs)

Temp. 90°C (194°F)

80% and 90% of SMYS

NF


(1) 28 HRC YS 709 MPa (103 ksi) (2) 26.5 HRC YS 711 MPa (103 ksi)

TM0177 Method A 5% NaCl

H2S 10 kPa abs (1.45 psia or 0.1 bar abs)

CO2 20,000 kPa abs (2,900 psia or 200 bar abs)

Temp. 175°C (347°F)

80% and 90% of SMYS

NF

(A) NF = No failure after the 720-h test duration. Wrought UNS N07716 to 43 HRC maximum in the solution-annealed and aged condition. (See Table C15.)

Table C15

Test Levels



Test Results

III UNS N07716, solution-annealed and aged

YS 1,170 to 1,280 MPa (170 to 186 ksi) UTS 1,430 to 1,460 MPa (208 to 212 ksi) Elongation 14 to 24% RA 43 to 53%

TM0177 Method A, tensile test at 100% of YS, coupled to steel, environment of Test Level III in Table 1, 25°C (77°F)


IV UNS N07716, solution-annealed and aged

YS 1,170 to 1,280 MPa (170 to 186 ksi) UTS 1,430 to 1,460 MPa (208 to 212 ksi) Elongation 14 to 24% RA 39 to 52

TM0198 SSR test, environment of Test Level VI in Table 1, 175°C (347°F)

No failures, SSR ratios 0.96 to 1.01

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


MR0175-2003


UNS J95370 in the cast, solution-heat-treated, and water-quenched condition to 94 HRB maximum in the absence of elemental sulfur. (See Table C16.)



Material Properties Test Method, Environment Test Results

II UNS J95370 cast super austenitic

Yield 420 to 499 MPa Hardness 94 HRB

Method A No failure at 90% actual 0.2% proof stress

III UNS J95370 cast super austenitic

As above Method A No failure at 90% actual 0.2% proof stress

V UNS J95370 cast super austenitic

As above Four-point bends according to EFC 17

No failure up to 90% actual 0.2% proof stress

COPYRIGHT 2003; NACE International


--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

COPYR

MR0175-2003


________________________________________________________________________

Appendix D: Acceptable Materials This appendix gives materials listings as an aid to material in the text. The text takes precedence over these tables.

TABLE D1

Acceptable Materials for Subsurface Equipment for Direct Exposure to Sour Environments (see Paragraph 1.4)

Use

Material

Drillable packer components Drillable packer components Compression members All

Ductile iron (ASTM A 536,44 A 571/A 571M45) Malleable iron (ASTM A 220/A 220M,46 A 60247) Gray iron (ASTM A 48/A 48M,48 A 278/A 278M) 9Cr-1Mo(A) ASTM A 276,49 type 9 ASTM A 182/A 182M50 grade F9 ASTM A 213/A 213M51 grade T9

(A)22 HRC maximum. TABLE D2

Acceptable API and ASTM Specifications for Tubular Goods Materials listed in this table are acceptable under environmental conditions noted.

Operating Temperatures(B)

For All Temperatures(A) For 66°°°°C (150°°°°F) or Greater For 79°°°°C (175°°°°F) or Greater

For ≥≥≥≥107°°°°C (≥≥≥≥225°°°°F)

Tubing and Casing

Tubing and Casing Tubing and Casing

API Spec 5CT/5CTM grades H-40,(C) J-55, K-55, M-65, C-75 (types 1, 2, 3), and L-80 (type 1)

API Spec 5CT/5CTM grade N-80 (quenched and tempered), grade C-95, T-95 type 2

API Spec 5CT/5CTM grades H-40, N-80, P-105, P-110

API Spec 5CT/5CTM grade Q-125(G)

Proprietary(H) grades in accordance with Paragraph 10.1.3

UNS K12125 API 5CT/5CTM grades C-90 type 1 and

T-95 type 1

Proprietary quenched and tempered grades to 965 MPa (140 ksi) maximum yield strength

Pipe(D,E)

API Spec 5L grades A & B and grades X-42 through X-65

ASTM A 53/A 53M A 106 grades A, B, C A 333/A 333M grade 1 & 6 A 52452 grade 1 & 2 A 38153 Class 1 Y35-Y65

Proprietary quenched and tempered grades with 760 MPa (110 ksi) or less maximum yield strength

Casing and tubing made of CrMo low-alloy steels (AISI 41XX and its modifications) in the quenched and tempered condition at 30 HRC maximum hardness and in specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) grades of 690, 720, and 760 MPa (100, 105, and 110 ksi) (see Paragraph 10.1.3).

Drill Stem Materials(F)

API Spec 5D54 grades D, E, X-95, G-

105, & S-135 (See Paragraph 12.3.1.1.)

(A) Impact resistance may be required by other standards and codes for low operating temperatures. (B) Continuous minimum temperature; for lower temperatures, select from the first column. (C) 50 MPa (80 ksi) maximum yield strength permissible. (D) Welded grades shall meet the requirements of Sections 3 and 5 of this standard. (E) Pipe shall have a maximum hardness of 22 HRC. (F) For use under controlled environments as defined in Paragraph 12.2. (G) Regardless of the requirements for the current edition of API Spec 5CT/5CTM, the Q-125 grade shall always: (1) have a maximum yield strength of 1,030 MPa (150 ksi), (2) be quenched and tempered; and (3) be an alloy based on Cr-Mo chemistry. The C-Mn alloy chemistry is not acceptable. (H) See Paragraph 10.1 and Section 16.

--`,```,```,,`,,``,,,`,,`,,,,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

IGHT 2003; NACE International Document provided by IHS Licensee=Fluor Corporation/2110503105, User=, 04/09/2003 02:42:32 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please callthe Document Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.

Designation: A 519 – 03

Standard Specification forSeamless Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing 1

This standard is issued under the fixed designation A 519; the number immediately following the designation indicates the year oforiginal adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. Asuperscript epsilon (e) indicates an editorial change since the last revision or reapproval.

This standard has been approved for use by agencies of the Department of Defense. This standard replaces QQ-T-00825 and QQ-T-830.

1. Scope*

1.1 This specification covers several grades of carbon andalloy steel seamless mechanical tubing. The grades are listed inTables 1-3. When welding is used for joining the weldablemechanical tube grades, the welding procedure shall be suit-able for the grade, the condition of the components, and theintended service.

1.2 This specification covers both seamless hot-finishedmechanical tubing and seamless cold-finished mechanicaltubing in sizes up to and including 123⁄4 in. (323.8 mm) outsidediameter for round tubes with wall thicknesses as required.

1.3 The tubes shall be furnished in the following shapes, asspecified by the purchaser: round, square, rectangular, andspecial sections.

1.4 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature areprovided and when desired shall be so stated in the order.

1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regardedas the standard. The values given in parentheses are forinformation only.

2. Referenced Documents

2.1 ASTM Standards:2

A 370 Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testingof Steel Products

E 59 Practice for Sampling Steel and Iron for Determinationof Chemical Composition3

2.2 Military Standards:MIL-STD-129 Marking for Shipment and Storage4

MIL-STD-163 Steel Mill Products Preparation for Ship-ment and Storage4

2.3 Federal Standard:Fed. Std. No. 123 Marking for Shipment (Civil Agencies)4

3. Ordering Information

3.1 Orders for material under this specification shouldinclude the following, as required, to describe the desiredmaterial adequately:

3.1.1 Quantity (feet, weight, or number of pieces),

1 This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee A01 on Steel,Stainless Steel, and Related Alloys and is the direct responsibility of SubcommitteeA01.09 on Carbon Steel Tubular Products.

Current edition approved Sept. 10, 2003. Published October 2003. Originallyapproved in 1964. Last previous edition approved in 2001 as A 519 – 96 (2001).

2 For referenced ASTM standards, visit the ASTM website, www.astm.org, orcontact ASTM Customer Service at [email protected]. ForAnnual Book of ASTMStandardsvolume information, refer to the standard’s Document Summary page onthe ASTM website.

3 Withdrawn.4 Available from Standardization Documents Order Desk, Bldg. 4 Section D, 700

Robbins Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, Attn: NPODS.

TABLE 1 Chemical Requirements of Low-Carbon Steels

GradeDesignation

Chemical Composition Limits, %

CarbonA ManganeseB Phosphorus,B

maxSulfur,B

max

MT 1010 0.05–0.15 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.050MT 1015 0.10–0.20 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.050MT X 1015 0.10–0.20 0.60–0.90 0.040 0.050MT 1020 0.15–0.25 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.050MT X 1020 0.15–0.25 0.70–1.00 0.040 0.050

A Limits apply to heat and product analyses.B Limits apply to heat analysis; except as required by 6.1, product analyses are

subject to the applicable additional tolerances given in Table 5.

TABLE 2 Chemical Requirements of Other Carbon Steels

GradeDesignation

Chemical Composition Limits, %A

Carbon Manganese Phosphorus,max

Sulfur,max

1008 0.10 max 0.30–0.50 0.040 0.0501010 0.08–0.13 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.0501012 0.10–0.15 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.0501015 0.13–0.18 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.0501016 0.13–0.18 0.60–0.90 0.040 0.0501017 0.15–0.20 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.0501018 0.15–0.20 0.60–0.90 0.040 0.0501019 0.15–0.20 0.70–1.00 0.040 0.0501020 0.18–0.23 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.0501021 0.18–0.23 0.60–0.90 0.040 0.0501022 0.18–0.23 0.70–1.00 0.040 0.0501025 0.22–0.28 0.30–0.60 0.040 0.0501026 0.22–0.28 0.60–0.90 0.040 0.0501030 0.28–0.34 0.60–0.90 0.040 0.0501035 0.32–0.38 0.60–0.90 0.040 0.0501040 0.37–0.44 0.60–0.90 0.040 0.0501045 0.43–0.50 0.60–0.90 0.040 0.0501050 0.48–0.55 0.60–0.90 0.040 0.0501518 0.15–0.21 1.10–1.40 0.040 0.0501524 0.19–0.25 1.35–1.65 0.040 0.0501541 0.36–0.44 1.35–1.65 0.040 0.050

A The ranges and limits given in this table apply to heat analysis; except asrequired by 6.1, product analyses are subject to the applicable additional toler-ances given in Table Number 5.

1

*A Summary of Changes section appears at the end of this standard.

Copyright © ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, United States.

3.1.2 Name of material (seamless carbon or alloy steelmechanical tubing),

3.1.3 Form (round, square, rectangular or special shapes,Section 1),

3.1.4 Dimensions (round, outside diameters and wall thick-ness, Section 8; square and rectangular, outside dimensions andwall thickness, Section 9; other, specify),

3.1.5 Length (specific or random, mill lengths, see 8.5 and9.5),

3.1.6 Manufacture (hot finished or cold finished, 4.5 and4.6),

3.1.7 Grade (Section 5),3.1.8 Condition (sizing method and thermal treatment, Sec-

tion 12),

3.1.9 Surface finish (special pickling, shot blasting, orground outside surface, if required),

3.1.10 Specification designation,

3.1.11 Individual supplementary requirements, if required,

3.1.12 End use, if known,

3.1.13 Packaging,

3.1.14 Product analysis and chemical analysis, if required(Section 6 and Section 7),

3.1.15 Specific requirements, or exceptions to this specifi-cation,

3.1.16 Special marking (Section 15), and

3.1.17 Special packing (Section 16).

TABLE 3 Chemical Requirements for Alloy Steels

NOTE 1—The ranges and limits in this table apply to steel not exceeding 200 in.2(1290 cm2) in cross-sectional area.NOTE 2—Small quantities of certain elements are present in alloy steels which are not specified or required. These elements are considered as incidental

and may be present to the following maximum amounts: copper, 0.35 %; nickel, 0.25 %; chromium, 0.20 %; molybdenum, 0.10 %.NOTE 3—The ranges and limits given in this table apply to heat analysis; except as required by 6.1, product analyses are subject to the applicable

additional tolerances given in Table Number 5.

GradeA,B

Designa-tion


Carbon Manganese Phospho-rus,Cmax

Sulfur,C,D

maxSilicon Nickel Chromium Molybde-

num

1330 0.28–0.33 1.60–1.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... ...1335 0.33–0.38 1.60–1.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... ...1340 0.38–0.43 1.60–1.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... ...1345 0.43–0.48 1.60–1.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... ...3140 0.38–0.43 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 1.10–1.40 0.55–0.75 ...E3310 0.08–0.13 0.45–0.60 0.025 0.025 0.15–0.35 3.25–3.75 1.40–1.75 ...40124023

0.09–0.140.20–0.25

0.75–1.000.70–0.90

0.0400.040

0.0400.040

0.15–0.350.15–0.35

...

.........

0.15–0.250.20–0.30

4024 0.20–0.25 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.035−0.050 0.15–0.35 ... ... 0.20–0.304027 0.25–0.30 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... 0.20–0.304028 0.25–0.30 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.035−0.050 0.15–0.35 ... ... 0.20–0.30

4037 0.35–0.40 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... 0.20–0.304042 0.40–0.45 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... 0.20–0.304047 0.45–0.50 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... 0.20–0.304063 0.60–0.67 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... 0.20–0.304118 0.18–0.23 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.40–0.60 0.08–0.154130 0.28–0.33 0.40–0.60 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.80–1.10 0.15–0.254135 0.33–0.38 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.80–1.10 0.15–0.254137 0.35–0.40 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.80–1.10 0.15–0.254140 0.38–0.43 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.80–1.10 0.15–0.254142 0.40–0.45 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.80–1.10 0.15–0.254145 0.43–0.48 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.80–1.10 0.15–0.254147 0.45–0.50 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.80–1.10 0.15–0.254150 0.48–0.53 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.80–1.10 0.15–0.254320 0.17–0.22 0.45–0.65 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 1.65–2.00 0.40–0.60 0.20–0.304337 0.35–0.40 0.60–0.80 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 1.65–2.00 0.70–0.90 0.20–0.30E4337 0.35–0.40 0.65–0.85 0.025 0.025 0.15–0.35 1.65–2.00 0.70–0.90 0.20–0.304340 0.38–0.43 0.60–0.80 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 1.65–2.00 0.70–0.90 0.20–0.30E4340 0.38–0.43 0.65–0.85 0.025 0.025 0.15–0.35 1.65–2.00 0.70–0.90 0.20–0.304422 0.20–0.25 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... 0.35–0.454427 0.24–0.29 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... 0.35–0.454520 0.18–0.23 0.45–0.65 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... ... 0.45–0.60

4615 0.13–0.18 0.45–0.65 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 1.65–2.00 ... 0.20–0.304617 0.15–0.20 0.45–0.65 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 1.65–2.00 ... 0.20–0.304620 0.17–0.22 0.45–0.65 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 1.65–2.00 ... 0.20–0.304621 0.18–0.23 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 1.65–2.00 ... 0.20–0.30

47184720

0.16–0.210.17–0.22

0.70–0.900.50–0.70

0.0400.040

0.0400.040

0.15–0.350.15–0.35

0.90–1.200.90–1.20

0.35–0.550.35–0.55

0.30–0.400.15–0.25

4815 0.13–0.18 0.40–0.60 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 3.25–3.75 ... 0.20–0.304817 0.15–0.20 0.40–0.60 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 3.25–3.75 ... 0.20–0.30

A 519 – 03

2

TABLE 3 Continued

GradeA,B

Designa-tion



Sulfur,C,D


num

4820 0.18–0.23 0.50–0.70 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 3.25–3.75 ... 0.20–0.30

50155046

0.12–0.170.43–0.50

0.30–0.500.75–1.00

0.0400.040

0.0400.040

0.15–0.350.15–0.35

...

...0.30–0.500.20–0.35

...

...

5115 0.13–0.18 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.70–0.90 ...5120 0.17–0.22 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.70–0.90 ...5130 0.28–0.33 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.80–1.10 ...5132 0.30–0.35 0.60–0.80 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.75–1.00 ...5135 0.33–0.38 0.60–0.80 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.80–1.05 ...5140 0.38–0.43 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.70–0.90 ...5145 0.43–0.48 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.70–0.90 ...5147 0.45–0.52 0.70–0.95 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.85–1.15 ...5150 0.48–0.53 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.70–0.90 ...5155 0.50–0.60 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.70–0.90 ...5160 0.55–0.65 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.70–0.90 ...52100E 0.93–1.05 0.25–0.45 0.025 0.015 0.15–0.35 ... 1.35–1.60 0.10

maxE50100 0.95–1.10 0.25–0.45 0.025 0.025 0.15–0.35 ... 0.40–0.60 ...E51100 0.95–1.10 0.25–0.45 0.025 0.025 0.15–0.35 ... 0.90–1.15 ...E52100 0.95–1.10 0.25–0.45 0.025 0.025 0.15–0.35 ... 1.30–1.60 ...

Vanadium

6118 0.16–0.21 0.50–0.70 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.50–0.70 0.10–0.156120 0.17–0.22 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.70–0.90 0.10

min6150 0.48–0.53 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.80–1.10 0.15

min

Aluminum Molybdenum

E7140 0.38–0.43 0.50–0.70 0.025 0.025 0.15–0.40 0.95–1.30 1.40–1.80 0.30–0.40

Nickel

8115 0.13–0.18 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.20–0.40 0.30–0.50 0.08–0.15

8615 0.13–0.18 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258617 0.15–0.20 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258620 0.18–0.23 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258622 0.20–0.25 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258625 0.23–0.28 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258627 0.25–0.30 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258630 0.28–0.33 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258637 0.35–0.40 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258640 0.38–0.43 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258642 0.40–0.45 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258645 0.43–0.48 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258650 0.48–0.53 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258655 0.50–0.60 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.258660 0.55–0.65 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.25

8720 0.18–0.23 0.70–0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.20–0.308735 0.33–0.38 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.20–0.308740 0.38–0.43 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.20–0.308742 0.40–0.45 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.20–0.308822 0.20–0.25 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.30–0.40

9255 0.50–0.60 0.70–0.95 0.040 0.040 1.80–2.20 ... ... ...9260 0.55–0.65 0.70–1.00 0.040 0.040 1.80–2.20 ... ... ...9262 0.55–0.65 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 1.80–2.20 ... 0.25–0.40 ...

E9310 0.08–0.13 0.45–0.65 0.025 0.025 0.15–0.35 3.00–3.50 1.00–1.40 0.08–0.15

98409850

0.38–0.430.48–0.53

0.70–0.900.70–0.90

0.0400.040

0.0400.040

0.15–0.350.15–0.35

0.85–1.150.85–1.15

0.70–0.900.70–0.90

0.20–0.300.20–0.30

50B40 0.38–0.42 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.40–0.60 ...50B44 0.43–0.48 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.40–0.60 ...50B46 0.43–0.50 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.20–0.35 ...50B50 0.48–0.53 0.74–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.40–0.60 ...

A 519 – 03

3

TABLE 3 Continued

GradeA,B

Designa-tion



Sulfur,C,D


num

50B60 0.55–0.65 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.40–0.60 ...

51B60 0.55–0.65 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 ... 0.70–0.90 ...

81B45 0.43–0.48 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.20–0.40 0.35–0.55 0.08–0.15

86B45 0.43–0.48 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.40–0.70 0.40–0.60 0.15–0.25

94B15 0.13–0.18 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.30–0.60 0.30–0.50 0.08–0.1594B17 0.15–0.20 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.30–0.60 0.30–0.50 0.08–0.1594B30 0.28–0.33 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.30–0.60 0.30–0.50 0.08–0.1594B40 0.38–0.43 0.75–1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15–0.35 0.30–0.60 0.30–0.50 0.08–0.15

A Grades shown in this table with prefix letter E generally are manufactured by the basic-electric-furnace process. All others are normally manufactured by thebasic-open-hearth process but may be manufactured by the basic-electric-furnace process with adjustments in phosphorus and sulfur.

B Grades shown in this table with the letter B, such as 50B40, can be expected to have 0.0005 % minimum boron control.C The phosphorus sulfur limitations for each process are as follows:

Basic electric furnace 0.025 max % Acid electric furnace 0.050 max %Basic open hearth 0.040 max % Acid open hearth 0.050 max %

D Minimum and maximum sulfur content indicates resulfurized steels.EThe purchaser may specify the following maximum amounts: copper, 0.30 %; aluminum, 0.050 %; and oxygen, 0.0015 %.

4. Materials and Manufacture

4.1 The steel may be made by any process.4.2 If a specific type of melting is required by the purchaser,

it shall be as stated on the purchase order.4.3 The primary melting may incorporate separate degas-

sing or refining, and may be followed by secondary melting,such as electroslag or vacuum-arc remelting. If secondarymelting is employed, the heat shall be defined as all of theingots remelted from a single primary heat.

4.4 Steel may be cast in ingots or may be strand cast. Whensteel of different grades is sequentially strand cast, identifica-tion of the resultant transition material is required. Theproducer shall remove the transition material by an establishedprocedure that positively separates the grades.

4.5 Tubes shall be made by a seamless process and shall beeither hot finished or cold finished, as specified.

4.6 Seamless tubing is a tubular product made without awelded seam. It is manufactured usually by hot working steeland, if necessary, by subsequently cold finishing the hot-worked tubular product to produce the desired shape, dimen-sions and properties.

5. Chemical Composition

5.1 The steel shall conform to the requirements as tochemical composition prescribed in Table 1 (Low Carbon MTGrades), Table 2 (Higher Carbon Steels), Table 3 (AlloyStandard Steels) and Table 4 (Resulfurized or Rephosphorized,or Both, Carbon Steels).

5.2 Grade MT1015 or MTX1020 will be supplied at theproducer’s option, when no grade is specified.

5.3 When a carbon steel grade is ordered under this speci-fication, supplying an alloy grade that specifically requires theaddition of any element other than those listed for the orderedgrade in Table 1 and Table 2 is not permitted.

5.4 Analyses of steels other than those listed are available.To determine their availability, the purchaser should contact theproducer.

6. Heat Analysis

6.1 An analysis of each heat of steel shall be made by thesteel manufacturer to determine the percentages of the ele-ments specified; if secondary melting processes are used, theheat analysis shall be obtained from one remelted ingot or theproduct of one remelted ingot of each primary melt. The heatanalysis shall conform to the requirements specified, exceptthat where the heat identity has not been maintained or wherethe analysis is not sufficiently complete to permit conformanceto be determined, the chemical composition determined from aproduct analysis made by the tubular manufacturer shallconform to the requirements specified for heat analysis. Whenrequested in the order or contract, a report of such analysesshall be furnished to the purchaser.

7. Product Analysis

7.1 Except as required by 6.1, a product analysis by themanufacturer shall be required only when requested in theorder.

7.1.1 Heat Identity Maintained—One product analysis perheat on either billet or tube.

TABLE 4 Chemical Requirements of Resulfurized orRephosphorized, or Both, Carbon Steels A

GradeDesig-nation


Carbon Manganese Phosphorus Sulfur Lead

1118 0.14–0.20 1.30–1.60 0.040 max 0.08–0.1311L18 0.14–0.20 1.30–1.60 0.040 max 0.08–0.13 0.15–0.351132 0.27–0.34 1.35–1.65 0.040 max 0.08–0.131137 0.32–0.39 1.35–1.65 0.040 max 0.08–0.131141 0.37–0.45 1.35–1.65 0.040 max 0.08–0.131144 0.40–0.48 1.35–1.65 0.040 max 0.24–0.331213 0.13 max 0.70–1.10 0.07–0.12 0.24–0.3312L14 0.15 max 0.85–1.15 0.04–0.09 0.26–0.35 0.15–0.351215 0.09 max 0.75–1.05 0.04–0.09 0.26–0.35

A The ranges and limits given in this table apply to heat analysis; except asrequired by 6.1, product analyses are subject to the applicable additional toler-ances given in Table Number 5.

A 519 – 03

4

7.1.2 Heat Identity Not Maintained—A product analysisfrom one tube per 2000 ft (610 m) or less for sizes over 3 in.

(76.2 mm), and one tube per 5000 ft (1520 m) or less for sizes3 in. (76.2 mm) and under.

7.2 Samples for chemical analysis, except for spectrochemi-cal analysis, shall be taken in accordance with Practice E 59.The composition thus determined shall correspond to therequirements in the applicable section or Tables 1-5 of thisspecification and shall be reported to the purchaser or thepurchaser’s representative.

7.3 If the original test for check analysis fails, retests of twoadditional billets or tubes shall be made. Both retests for theelements in question shall meet the requirements of thespecification; otherwise all remaining material in the heat or lotshall be rejected or, at the option of the producer, each billet ortube may be individually tested for acceptance. Billets or tubeswhich do not meet the requirements of the specification shallbe rejected.

8. Permissible Variations in Dimensions of Round Tubing

8.1 Hot-Finished Mechanical Tubing—Hot-finished me-chanical tubing is produced to outside diameter and wallthickness. Variations in outside diameter and wall thicknessshall not exceed the tolerances shown in Table 6and Table 7.Table 6 and Table 7 cover these tolerances and apply to thespecified size.

8.2 Cold-Worked Mechanical Tubing:8.2.1 Variations in outside diameter, inside diameter and

wall thickness shall not exceed the tolerances shown in Table8 and Table 9.

TABLE 5 Product Analysis Tolerances Over or Under SpecifiedRange or Limit

NOTE 1—Individual determinations may vary from the specified heatlimits or ranges to the extent shown in this table except that any elementin a heat may not vary both above and below a specified range.

NOTE 2—In all types of steel, because of the degree to which phospho-rus and sulfur segregate, product analysis for these elements is nottechnologically appropriate for rephosphorized or resulfurized steelsunless misapplication is clearly indicated.

Carbon Steel Seamless Tubes

Element Limit, or Maximum of SpecifiedRange, %

Tolerance, Over the MaximumLimit or Under the MinimumLimit, %

Under min Over max

Carbon to 0.25, inclover 0.25 to 0.55, incl

over 0.55

0.020.030.04

0.020.030.04

Manganese to 0.90, inclover 0.90 to 1.65, incl

0.030.06

0.030.06

Phosphorus basic steel to 0.05, inclacid-bessemer steel to 0.12,

incl

. . .

. . .0.0080.010

Sulfur to 0.06, incl . . . 0.008Silicon to 0.35, incl

over 0.35 to 0.60, incl0.020.05

0.020.05

Copper . . . 0.02 0.02

Alloy Steel Seamless Tube

Elements Limit, or Maximum ofSpecified Element, %

Tolerance Over MaximumLimit or Under Minimum Limitfor Size Ranges Shown, %

100 in.2

(645 cm2)or less

Over 100 to200 in.2

(645 to 1290cm2), incl

Carbon to 0.30, inclover 0.30 to 0.75, incl

over 0.75

0.010.020.03

0.020.030.04

Manganese to 0.90, inclover 0.90 to 2.10, incl

0.030.04

0.040.05

Phosphorus over max, only 0.005 0.010Sulfur to 0.060, incl 0.005 0.010Silicon to 0.35, incl

over 0.35 to 2.20, incl0.020.05

0.020.06

Nickel to 1.00, incl 0.03 0.03over 1.00 to 2.00, incl 0.05 0.05over 2.00 to 5.30, incl 0.07 0.07

over 5.30 to 10.00, incl 0.10 0.10Chromium to 0.90, incl

over 0.90 to 2.10, inclover 2.10 to 3.99, incl

0.030.050.10

0.040.060.10

Molybdenum to 0.20, inclover 0.20 to 0.40, inclover 0.40 to 1.15, incl

0.010.020.03

0.010.030.04

Vanadium to 0.10, incl 0.01 0.01over 0.10 to 0.25, incl 0.02 0.02over 0.25 to 0.50, incl 0.03 0.03

min value specified, check 0.01 0.01under min limit

Tungsten to 1.00, inclover 1.00 to 4.00, incl

0.040.08

0.050.09

Aluminum up to 0.10, incl 0.03 . . .over 0.10 to 0.20, incl 0.04 . . .over 0.20 to 0.30, incl 0.05 . . .over 0.30 to 0.80, incl 0.07 . . .over 0.80 to 1.80, incl 0.10 . . .

TABLE 6 Outside Diameter Tolerances for Round Hot-FinishedTubing A,B,C

Outside Diameter Size Range, Outside Diameter Tolerance, in. (mm)in. (mm) Over Under

Up to 2.999 (76.17) 0.020 (0.51) 0.020 (0.51)3.000–4.499 (76.20–114.27) 0.025 (0.64) 0.025 (0.64)4.500–5.999 (114.30–152.37) 0.031 (0.79) 0.031 (0.79)6.000–7.499 (152.40–190.47) 0.037 (0.94) 0.037 (0.94)7.500–8.999 (190.50–228.57) 0.045 (1.14) 0.045 (1.14)9.000–10.750 (228.60–273.05) 0.050 (1.27) 0.050 (1.27)

A Diameter tolerances are not applicable to normalized and tempered orquenched and tempered conditions.

B The common range of sizes of hot finished tubes is 11⁄2 in. (38.1 mm) to 103⁄4in. (273.0 mm) outside diameter with wall thickness at least 3 % or more of outsidediameter, but not less than 0.095 in. (2.41 mm).

C Larger sizes are available; consult manufacturer for sizes and tolerances.

TABLE 7 Wall Thickness Tolerances for Round Hot-FinishedTubing

Wall ThicknessRange as Percentof OutsideDiameter

Wall Thickness Tolerance,A percent Overand Under Nominal

OutsideDiameter2.999 in.

(76.19 mm)and smaller


(76.20 mm)to 5.999 in.

(152.37 mm)


(152.40 mm)to 10.750 in.(273.05 mm)

Under 1515 and over

12.510.0

10.07.5

10.010.0

A Wall thickness tolerances may not be applicable to walls 0.199 in. (5.05 mm)and less; consult manufacturer for wall tolerances on such tube sizes.

A 519 – 03

5

8.2.2 Cold-worked mechanical tubing is normally producedto outside diameter and wall thickness. If the inside diameter isa more important dimension, then cold-worked tubing shouldbe specified to inside diameter and wall thickness or outsidediameter and inside diameter.

8.3 Rough-Turned Mechanical Tubing—Variation in outsidediameter and wall thickness shall not exceed the tolerance in

Table 10. Table 10 covers tolerances as applied to outsidediameter and wall thickness and applies to the specified size.

8.4 Ground Mechanical Tubing—Variation in outside diam-eter shall not exceed the tolerances in Table 11. This product isnormally produced from a cold-worked tube.

8.5 Lengths—Mechanical tubing is commonly furnished inmill lengths, 5 ft (1.5 m) and over. Definite cut lengths are

TABLE 8 Outside and Inside Diameter Tolerances for Round Cold-Worked Tubing A,B,C

OutsideDiameterSize Range,in.D

Thermal Treatment after Final Cold Work Producing Size

WallThicknessAs Percentof OutsideDiameter

None, or not exceeding1100°F Nominal

Temperature

Heated Above 1100°F NominalTemperature WithoutAccelerated Cooling

Quenched and Tempered

OD, in.D ID, in.D OD, in.D ID, in.D OD, in.D ID, in.D

Over Under Over Under Over Under Over Under Over Under Over Under

Up to 0.499 all 0.004 0.000 — — 0.005 0.002 — — 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.0100.500–1.699 all 0.005 0.000 0.000 0.005 0.007 0.002 0.002 0.007 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.0151.700–2.099 all 0.006 0.000 0.000 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.006 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.0202.100–2.499 all 0.007 0.000 0.000 0.007 0.008 0.005 0.005 0.008 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.0232.500–2.899 all 0.008 0.000 0.000 0.008 0.009 0.005 0.005 0.009 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.0252.900–3.299 all 0.009 0.000 0.000 0.009 0.011 0.005 0.005 0.011 0.028 0.028 0.028 0.0283.300–3.699 all 0.010 0.000 0.000 0.010 0.013 0.005 0.005 0.013 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.0303.700–4.099 all 0.011 0.000 0.000 0.011 0.013 0.007 0.010 0.010 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.0334.100–4.499 all 0.012 0.000 0.000 0.012 0.014 0.007 0.011 0.011 0.036 0.036 0.036 0.0364.500–4.899 all 0.013 0.000 0.000 0.013 0.016 0.007 0.012 0.012 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.0384.900–5.299 all 0.014 0.000 0.000 0.014 0.018 0.007 0.013 0.013 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.0415.300–5.549 all 0.015 0.000 0.000 0.015 0.020 0.007 0.014 0.014 0.044 0.044 0.044 0.0445.550–5.559 under 6

6 to 71⁄2over 71⁄2

0.0100.0090.018

0.0100.0090.000

0.0100.0090.009

0.0100.0090.009

0.0180.0160.017

0.0180.0160.015

0.0180.0160.016

0.0180.0160.016

6.000–6.499 under 66 to 71⁄2over 71⁄2

0.0130.0100.020

0.0130.0100.000

0.0130.0100.010

0.0130.0100.010

0.0230.0180.020

0.0230.0180.015

0.0230.0180.018

0.0230.0180.018

6.500–6.999 under 66 to 71⁄2over 71⁄2

0.0150.0120.023

0.0150.0120.000

0.0150.0120.012

0.0150.0120.012

0.0270.0210.026

0.0270.0210.015

0.0270.0210.021

0.0270.0210.021

7.000–7.499 under 66 to 71⁄2over 71⁄2

0.0180.0130.026

0.0180.0130.000

0.0180.0130.013

0.0180.0130.013

0.0320.0230.031

0.0320.0230.015

0.0320.0230.023

0.0320.0230.023

7.500–7.999 under 66 to 71⁄2over 71⁄2

0.0200.0150.029

0.0200.0150.000

0.0200.0150.015

0.0200.0150.015

0.0350.0260.036

0.0350.0260.015

0.0350.0260.026

0.0350.0260.026

8.000–8.499 under 66 to 71⁄2over 71⁄2

0.0230.0160.031

0.0230.0160.000

0.0230.0160.015

0.0230.0160.016

0.0410.0280.033

0.0410.0280.022

0.0410.0280.028

0.0410.0280.028

8.500–8.999 under 66 to 71⁄2over 71⁄2

0.0250.0170.034

0.0250.0170.000

0.0250.0170.015

0.0250.0170.019

0.0440.0300.038

0.0440.0300.022

0.0440.0300.030

0.0440.0300.030

9.000–9.499 under 66 to 71⁄2over 71⁄2

0.0280.0190.037

0.0280.0190.000

0.0280.0190.015

0.0280.0190.022

0.0450.0330.043

0.0450.0330.022

0.0490.0330.033

0.0490.0330.033

9.500–9.999 under 66 to 71⁄2over 71⁄2

0.0300.0200.040

0.0300.0200.000

0.0300.0200.015

0.0300.0200.025

0.0450.0350.048

0.0450.0350.022

0.0530.0350.035

0.0530.0350.035

10.000–10.999 under 66 to 71⁄2over 71⁄2

0.0340.0220.044

0.0340.0220.000

0.0340.0220.015

0.0340.0220.029

0.0450.0390.055

0.0450.0390.022

0.0600.0390.039

0.0600.0390.039

11.000–12.000 under 66 to 71⁄2over 71⁄2

0.0350.0250.045

0.0350.0250.000

0.0350.0250.015

0.0350.0250.035

0.0500.0450.060

0.0500.0450.022

0.0650.0450.045

0.0650.0450.045

A Many tubes with inside diameter less than 50 % of outside diameter or with wall thickness more than 25 % of outside diameter, or with wall thickness over 11⁄4 in., orweighing more than 90 lb/ft, are difficult to draw over a mandrel. Therefore, the inside diameter can vary over or under by an amount equal to 10 % of the wall thickness.See also Footnote B.

B For those tubes with inside diameter less than 1⁄2 in. (or less than 5⁄8 in. when the wall thickness is more than 20 % of the outside diameter), which are not commonlydrawn over a mandrel, Footnote A is not applicable. Therefore, for those tubes, the inside diameter is governed by the outside diameter tolerance shown in this table andthe wall thickness tolerances shown in Table Number 9.

C Tubing having a wall thickness less than 3 % of the outside diameter cannot be straightened properly without a certain amount of distortion. Consequently such tubes,while having an average outside diameter and inside diameter within the tolerances shown in this table, require an ovality tolerance of 1⁄2 % over and under nominal outsidediameter, this being in addition to the tolerances indicated in this table.

D 1 in. = 25.4 mm.

A 519 – 03

6

furnished when specified by the purchaser. Length tolerancesare shown in Table 12.

8.6 Straightness—The straightness tolerances for seamlessround tubing shall not exceed the amounts shown in Table 13.

9. Permissible Variations in Dimensions of Square andRectangular Tubing

9.1 Variations in outside dimensions and wall thicknessshall not exceed the tolerances shown in Table 14 unlessotherwise specified by the manufacturer and the purchaser. Thewall thickness dimensions shall not apply at the corners.

9.2 Corner Radii—The corners of a square and a rectangu-lar tube will be slightly rounded inside and rounded outsideconsistent with the wall thickness. The outside corner may beslightly flattened. The radii of corners for square and rectan-gular cold finished tubing shall be in accordance with Table 15.

9.3 Squareness Tolerance:

9.3.1 Permissible variations for squareness for the side ofsquare and rectangular tubing shall be determined by thefollowing equation:

6b 5 c 3 0.006

where:b = tolerance for out-of-square, in. (mm), andc = largest external dimension across flats, in. (mm).

9.3.2 The squareness of sides is commonly determined byone of the following methods:

9.3.2.1 A square, with two adjustable contact points on eacharm, is placed on two sides. A fixed feeler gage is then used tomeasure the maximum distance between the free contact pointand the surface of the tubing.

9.3.2.2 A square, equipped with direct-reading vernier, maybe used to determine the angular deviation which in turn maybe related to distance, in inches.

9.4 Twist Tolerance:9.4.1 Twist tolerance for square and rectangular tubing shall

be in accordance with Table 16. The twist tolerance in squareand rectangular tubing may be measured by holding one end ofthe square or rectangular tube on a surface plate with thebottom side parallel to the surface plate and noting the heightat either corner of the opposite end of the same side above thesurface plate.

9.4.2 Twist may also be measured by the use of a beveledprotractor, equipped with a level, and noting the angulardeviation on opposite ends or at any point throughout thelength.

9.5 Lengths—Square and rectangular tubing is commonlyfurnished in mill lengths 5 ft (1.5 m) and over. Definite cutlengths are furnished when specified by the purchaser. Lengthtolerances are shown in Table 17.

9.6 Straightness—Straightness for square and rectangulartubing shall be 0.060 in. in any 3 ft (1.67 mm in 1 m).

10. Machining Allowances

10.1 For the method of calculating the tube size required tocleanup in machining to a particular finished part, see Appen-dix X1.

TABLE 9 Wall Thickness Tolerances for Round Cold-WorkedTubing

Wall ThicknessRange as % ofOutside Diameter

Wall Thickness Tolerance Over andUnder Nominal, %

Up to 1.499 in., ID 1.500 in. and Over

25 and UnderOver 25

10.012.5

7.510.0

TABLE 10 Outside Diameter and Wall Tolerances for Rough-Turned Seamless Steel Tubing

Specified Size Outside Diameter,in. (mm)

Outside Diameter,in. (mm)

Wall Thick-ness, %

Plus Minus Plus Minus

Up to but not including 63⁄4 (171.4)63⁄4 to 8 (171.4 to 203.2)

0.005 (0.13)0.010 (0.25)

0.005(0.13)0.010(0.25)

12.512.5

12.512.5

TABLE 11 Outside Diameter Tolerances for Ground SeamlessTubing

NOTE 1—The wall thickness and inside diameter tolerances are thesame as for cold-worked mechanical tubing tolerances given in TableNumber 8.

Size OutsideDiameter,in. (mm)

Outside Diameter Tolerances for Sizes andLengths Given, in. (mm)

Over Under Over Under

Lengths upto 16 ft(4.9 m),

incl

Lengthsover 16 ft(4.9 m)

Up to 11⁄4 (31.8), inclOver 11⁄4 to 2 (31.8 to 50.8), incl

0.003 (0.08)0.005 (0.13)

0.0000.000

0.004 (0.10)0.006 (0.15)

0.0000.000

Over Under Over Under

Lengths upto 12 ft(3.7 m),

incl

Lengths to16 ft (4.9 m)

Over 2 to 3 (50.8 to 76.2), incl 0.005 (0.13) 0.000 0.006 (0.15) 0.000Over 3 to 4 (76.2 to 101.6), incl 0.006 (0.15) 0.000 0.008 (0.20) 0.000

TABLE 12 Length Tolerances for Round Hot-Finished or Cold-Finished Tubing

NOTE 1—The producer should be consulted for length tolerances fortubes produced by liquid- or air-quenching heat treatment.

Length, ft (m) Outside Diameter,in. (mm)

Tolerance, in. (mm)

Over Under

4 (1.2) and under up to 2 (50.8), incl 1⁄16 (1.6) 04 (1.2) and under over 2 to 4 (50.8 to

101.6), incl

3⁄32 (2.4) 0

4 (1.2) and under over 4 (101.6) 1⁄8 (3.2) 0Over 4 to 10 (1.2 to3.0), incl

up to 2 (50.8), incl 3⁄32 (2.4) 0

Over 4 to 10 (1.2 to3.0), incl

over 2 (50.8) 1⁄8 (3.2) 0

Over 10 to 24 (3.0 to7.3), incl

all sizes 3⁄16 (4.8) 0

Over 24 (7.3) all sizes 3⁄16 + 1⁄2 (4.8 to 12.7)for each 10 ft (3.0 m)or fraction over 24 ft

(7.3 m)

0

A 519 – 03

7

11. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance

11.1 The tubing shall be free of laps, cracks, seams, andother defects as is consistent with good commercial practice.The surface finish will be compatible with the condition towhich it is ordered.

12. Condition

12.1 The purchaser shall specify a sizing method and, ifrequired, a thermal treatment.

12.1.1 Sizing Methods:12.1.1.1 HF—Hot Finished,12.1.1.2 CW—Cold Worked,

12.1.1.3 RT—Rough Turned,12.1.1.4 G—Ground.12.1.2 Thermal Treatments:12.1.2.1 A—Annealed,12.1.2.2 N—Normalized,12.1.2.3 QT—Quenched and Tempered,12.1.2.4 SR—Stress Relieved or Finish Anneal.

TABLE 13 Straightness Tolerances for Seamless Round Mechanical Tubing

NOTE 1—The straightness variation for any 3 ft (0.9 m) of length is determined by measuring the concavity between the tube and a 3-ft straightedgewith a feeler gage. The total variation, that is, the maximum curvature at any point in the total length of tube, is determined by rolling the tube on a surfaceplate and measuring the concavity with a feeler gage.

NOTE 2—The tolerances apply generally to unannealed, finish-annealed, and medium-annealed cold-finished or hot-finished tubes. When straighteningstress would interfere with the use of the end product, the straightness tolerances shown do not apply when tubing is specified “not to be straightenedafter furnace treatment.’’ These straightness tolerances do not apply to soft-annealed or quenched and tempered tubes.

Size Limits MaximumCurvature

in any 3 ft/in.(mm/m)

Maximum Curvature in TotalLengths, in. (mm)

Maximum Curvature for Lengthsunder 3 ft or 1 m

OD 5 in. (127.0 mm) and smaller. Wall thickness,over 3 % of OD

0.030 (0.83) 0.030 3 (no. of ft of length/3) (0.83 3 no. of m oflength)

ratio of 0.010 in./ft or 0.83 mm/m

OD over 5 to 8 in. (127.0 to 203.2 mm), incl. Wallthickness, over 4 % of OD



OD over 8 to 123⁄4 in. (203.2 to 323.8 mm), incl.Wall thickness, over 4 % of OD



TABLE 14 Tolerances for Outside Dimensions and Wall Thickness of Square and Rectangular Cold-Finished Tubing

Largest Outside Dimension across Flats, in. (mm) Wall Thickness, in. (mm) Tolerances for Outside Dimensions includingConvexity or Concavity

Wall ThicknessTolerance,Plus andMinus, %

To 3⁄4 (19.0), incl 0.065 (1.65) and lighter 60.015 in. (0.38 mm) 10To 3⁄4 (19.0), incl over 0.065 (1.65) 60.010 in. (0.25 mm) 10Over 3⁄4 to 11⁄4 (19.0 to 31.8), incl all thicknesses 60.015 in. (0.38 mm) 10Over 11⁄4 to 21⁄2 (31.8 to 63.5), incl all thicknesses 60.020 in. (0.51 mm) 10Over 21⁄2 to 31⁄2 (63.5 to 88.9), incl 0.065 (1.65) and lighter 60.030 in. (0.76 mm) 10Over 21⁄2 to 31⁄2 (63.5 to 88.9), incl over 0.065 (1.65) 60.025 in. (0.64 mm) 10Over 31⁄2 to 51⁄2 (88.9 to 139.7), incl all thicknesses 60.030 in. (0.76 mm) 10Over 51⁄2 to 71⁄2 (139.7 to 190.5), incl all thicknesses 61 % 10

TABLE 15 Corner Radii of Square and Rectangular Cold-Finished Tubing

Wall Thickness, in. (mm) Maximum Radii ofCorners, in. (mm)

Over 0.020 to 0.049 (0.51 to 1.24), incl 3⁄32 (2.4)Over 0.049 to 0.065 (1.24 to 1.65), incl 1⁄8 (3.2)Over 0.065 to 0.083 (1.65 to 2.11), incl 9⁄64 (3.6)Over 0.083 to 0.095 (2.11 to 2.41), incl 3⁄16 (4.8)Over 0.095 to 0.109 (2.41 to 2.77), incl 13⁄64 (5.2)Over 0.109 to 0.134 (2.77 to 3.40), incl 7⁄32 (5.6)Over 0.134 to 0.156 (3.40 to 3.96), incl 1⁄4 (6.4)Over 0.156 to 0.188 (3.96 to 4.78), incl 9⁄32 (7.1)Over 0.188 to 0.250 (4.78 to 6.35), incl 11⁄32 (8.7)Over 0.250 to 0.313 (6.35 to 7.95), incl 7⁄16 (11.1)Over 0.313 to 0.375 (7.95 to 9.52), incl 1⁄2 (12.7)Over 0.375 to 0.500 (9.52 to 12.70), incl 11⁄16 (17.5)Over 0.500 to 0.625 (12.70 to 15.88), incl 27⁄32 (21.4)

TABLE 16 Twist Tolerance of Square and Rectangular Cold-Finished Tubing

NOTE 1—The twist in square and rectangular tubing is measured byholding one end of the tubing on a surface plate and noting the height ofeither corner of the opposite end of the same side above the surface plate.

Largest Dimension, in. (mm) Twist Tolerance in 3 ft,in. (mm/m)

Under 1⁄2 (12.7) 0.050 (13.8)1⁄2 to 11⁄2 (12.7 to 38.1), incl 0.075 (20.8)Over 11⁄2 to 21⁄2 (38.1 to 63.5), incl 0.095 (26.2)Over 21⁄2 to 4 (63.5 to 101.6), incl 0.125 (34.5)

TABLE 17 Length Tolerances When Exact Lengths Are Specifiedfor Square and Rectangular Tubing

Length, ft (m) Tolerance, in. (mm)

Plus Minus

1 to 4 (0.3 to 1.2), incl 1⁄8 (3.2) 0Over 4 to 12 (1.2 to 3.7), incl 3⁄16 (4.8) 0Over 12 (3.7) 1⁄4 (6.4) 0

A 519 – 03

8

13. Coating

13.1 When specified, tubing shall be coated with a film ofoil before shaping to retard rust. Should the order specify thattubing be shipped without rust retarding oil, the film of oilsincidental to manufacture will remain on the surface. If theorder specifies no oil, the purchaser assumes responsibility forrust in transit.

13.2 Unless otherwise specified, tubing may be coated witha rust retarding oil on the outside and inside surfaces, at theoption of the manufacturer.

14. Rejection

14.1 Tubes that fail to meet the requirements of thisspecification shall be set aside and the manufacturer shall benotified.

15. Product and Package Marking

15.1 Civilian Procurement—Each box, bundle or lift, and,when individual pieces are shipped, each piece shall beidentified by a tag or stencil with the manufacturer’s name orbrand, specified size, grade, purchaser’s order number and thisspecification number (ASTM A 519).

15.2 In addition to the requirements in 15.1 and 15.3, barcoding is acceptable as a supplemental identification method.The purchaser may specify in the order a specific bar codingsystem to be used.

15.3 Government Procurement—When specified in the con-tract or order, and for direct procurement by or direct shipmentto the government, marking for shipment, in addition torequirements specified in the contract or order, shall be inaccordance with MIL-STD-129 for Military agencies and inaccordance with Fed. Std. No. 123 for civil agencies.

16. Packaging

16.1 Civilian Procurement—On tubing 0.065 in. (1.65 mm)and lighter, the manufacturer, at his option, will box, crate,carton, package in secured lifts, or bundle to ensure safedelivery. Tubing heavier than 0.065 in. will normally beshipped loose, bundled or in secured lifts. Special packagingrequiring extra operations other than those normally used by amanufacturer must be specified in the order.

16.2 Government Procurement—When specified in the con-tract or order, and for direct procurement by or direct shipmentto the government when Level A is specified, preservation,packaging, and packing shall be in accordance with the LevelA requirements of MIL-STD-163.

17. Keywords

17.1 alloy steel tube; carbon steel tube; mechanical tubing;seamless steel tube; steel tube

SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

These requirements shall not be considered unless specified in the order, and the necessary testsshall be made at the mill. Mechanical tests shall be performed in accordance with the applicablesections of Test Methods and Definitions A 370.

S1. Special Smooth Inside Surface

S1.1 This tubing is intended for use where the inside surfaceis of prime importance and no stock removal by the user iscontemplated. This product differs from conventional mechani-cal tubing in that special processing or selection, or both, arenecessary to obtain the required surface. Light scores and pitswithin the limits shown in Table S1 are customarily allowable.

S2. Mechanical Requirements

S2.1 Hardness Test:

S2.1.1 When hardness limits are required, the manufacturershall be consulted. Typical hardnesses are listed in Table S2.

S2.1.2 When specified, the hardness test shall be performedon 1 % of the tubes.

S2.2 Tension Tests:

S2.2.1 When tensile properties are required, the manufac-turer shall be consulted. Typical tensile properties for some ofthe more common grades and thermal conditions are listed inTable S2.

TABLE S1 Special Smooth Finish Tubes Allowance for Surface Imperfections

Size, Outside Diameter, in. (mm) Wall Thickness, in. (mm) Wall Depth Allowance for Surface Imperfection,in. (mm)

Scores Pits

5⁄8 to 21⁄2 (15.8 to 63.5), incl 0.065 to 0.109 (1.65 to 2.77)over 0.109 to 1⁄4 (2.77 to 6.4), incl

0.001 (0.03)0.001 (0.03)

0.0015 (0.038)0.002 (0.05)

Over 21⁄2 to 51⁄2 (63.5 to 139.7), excl 0.083 to 1⁄8 (2.11 to 3.2), inclover 1⁄8 to 3⁄16 (3.2 to 4.8), inclover 3⁄16 to 3⁄8 (4.8 to 9.5), incl

0.0015 (0.038)0.0015 (0.038)0.002 (0.05)

0.0025 (0.064)0.003 (0.08)0.004 (0.10)

51⁄2 to 8 (139.7 to 203.2), excl 1⁄8 to 1⁄4 (3.2 to 6.4), inclover 1⁄4 to 1⁄2 (6.4 to 12.7), incl

0.0025 (0.064)0.003 (0.08)

0.005 (0.13)0.006 (0.15)

A 519 – 03

9

S2.2.2 When the tension test is specified, one test will beperformed on a specimen from one tube per 2000 ft (610 m) or

less for sizes over 3 in. (76.2 mm) and one tube per 5000 ft(1520 m) or less for sizes 3 in. (76.2 mm) and under.

S2.2.3 The yield strength corresponding to a permanentoffset of 0.2 % of the gage length of the specimen or to a totalextension of 0.5 % of the gage length under load shall bedetermined.

S2.3 Nondestructive Tests—Various types of nondestructiveultrasonic or electromagnetic tests are available. The test to beused and the inspection limits shall be established by manu-facturer and purchaser agreement.

S2.4 Steel Cleanliness—When there are special require-ments for steel cleanliness, the methods of test and limits ofacceptance shall be established by manufacturer and purchaseragreement.

S2.5 Hardenability—Any requirement for H-steels, testsand test limits shall be specified in the purchase order.

S2.6 Flaring Test:S2.6.1 When tubing suitable for flaring is required, the

manufacturer shall be consulted. When the grade and thermaltreatment are suitable for flaring, a section of tube approxi-mately 4 in. (101.6 mm) in length shall stand being flared witha tool having a 60° included angle until the tube at the mouthof the flare has been expanded 15 % of the inside diameterwithout cracking or showing flaws.

S2.6.2 When the flaring test is specified, tests shall beperformed on two specimens/5000 ft (1520 m) or less.

S3. Certification for Government Orders

S3.1 A producer’s or supplier’s certification shall be fur-nished to the government that the material was manufactured,sampled, tested, and inspected in accordance with this speci-fication and has been found to meet the requirements. Thiscertificate shall include a report of heat analysis (productanalysis when requested in the purchase order), and, whenspecified in the purchase order or contract, a report of testresults shall be furnished.

S4. Rejection Provisions for Government Orders

S4.1 Each length of tubing received from the manufacturermay be inspected by the purchaser and, if it does not meet therequirements of the specification based on the inspection andtest method as outlined in the specification, the tube may berejected and the manufacturer shall be notified. Disposition ofrejected tubing shall be a matter of agreement between themanufacturer and the purchaser.

S4.2 Material that fails in any of the forming operations orin the process of installation and is found to be defective shallbe set aside and the manufacturer shall be notified for mutualevaluation of the material’s suitability. Disposition of suchmaterial shall be a matter for agreement.

TABLE S2 Typical Tensile Properties, Hardness and ThermalCondition for some of the More Common Grades of Carbon and

Alloy Steels

GradeDesig-nation

Condi-tionA

UltimateStrength,

YieldStrength,

Elongationin 2 in. or50 mm, %

Rockwell,HardnessB Scale

ksi MPa ksi MPa

1020 HR 50 345 32 221 25 55CW 70 483 60 414 5 75SR 65 448 50 345 10 72A 48 331 28 193 30 50N 55 379 34 234 22 60

1025 HR 55 379 35 241 25 60CW 75 517 65 448 5 80SR 70 483 55 379 8 75A 53 365 30 207 25 57N 55 379 36 248 22 60

1035 HR 65 448 40 276 20 72CW 85 586 75 517 5 88SR 75 517 65 448 8 80A 60 414 33 228 25 67N 65 448 40 276 20 72

1045 HR 75 517 45 310 15 80CW 90 621 80 552 5 90SR 80 552 70 483 8 85A 65 448 35 241 20 72N 75 517 48 331 15 80

1050 HR 80 552 50 345 10 85SR 82 565 70 483 6 86A 68 469 38 262 18 74N 78 538 50 345 12 82

1118 HR 50 345 35 241 25 55CW 75 517 60 414 5 80SR 70 483 55 379 8 75A 50 345 30 207 25 55N 55 379 35 241 20 60

1137 HR 70 483 40 276 20 75CW 80 552 65 448 5 85SR 75 517 60 414 8 80A 65 448 35 241 22 72N 70 483 43 296 15 75

4130 HR 90 621 70 483 20 89SR 105 724 85 586 10 95A 75 517 55 379 30 81N 90 621 60 414 20 89

4140 HR 120 855 90 621 15 100SR 120 855 100 689 10 100A 80 552 60 414 25 85N 120 855 90 621 20 100

A The following are the symbol definitions for the various conditions:HR—Hot RolledCW—Cold WorkedSR—Stress RelievedA—AnnealedN—Normalized

A 519 – 03

10

Administrator

高亮

APPENDIX

(Nonmandatory Information)

X1. MACHINING ALLOWANCES FOR ROUND TUBING

X1.1 Seamless mechanical tubing is produced either hotfinished or cold worked. Hot-finished tubes are specified tooutside diameter and wall thickness. Cold-worked tubing isspecified to two of the three dimensions; outside diameter,inside diameter and wall thickness.

X1.2 There are two basic methods employed in machiningsuch tubing: (1) by machining true to the outside diameter ofthe tube (hereinafter referred to as outside diameter); and (2) bymachining true to the inside diameter of the tube (hereinafterreferred to as inside diameter).

X1.3 For the purpose of determining tube size dimensions,with sufficient allowances for machining, the following foursteps are customarily used.

X1.4 STEP 1—Step 1 is used to determine the maximumtube outside diameter.

X1.4.1 Machined Outside Diameter—Purchaser’s maxi-mum blueprint (finish machine) size including plus machinetolerance.

X1.4.2 Cleanup Allowance—Sufficient allowance should bemade to remove surface imperfections.

X1.4.3 Decarburization— Decarburization is an importantfactor on the higher carbon grades of steel. Decarburizationlimits are shown in various specifications. For example, thedecarburization limits for bearing steels are shown in ASTMspecifications, and for aircraft steel in AMS and appropriategovernment specifications. Decarburization is generally ex-pressed as depth and, therefore, must be doubled to provide forremoval from the surface.

X1.4.4 Camber—When the machined dimension extendsmore than 3 in. (76.2 mm) from the chuck or other holdingmechanism, the possibility that the tube will be out-of-straightmust be taken into consideration. An allowance is made equalto four times the straightness tolerance shown in Table 11 forthe machined length when chucked at only one end and equalto twice the straightness tolerance if supported at both ends.

X1.4.5 Outside Diameter Tolerance—If machined true tothe outside diameter, add the complete spread of tolerance (forexample, for specified outside diameter of 3 to 51⁄2 in. (76.2 to139.7 mm) excl, plus and minus 0.031 in. (0.79 mm) or 0.062in. (1.55 mm)). If machined true to the inside diameter, outsidediameter tolerances are not used in this step. Cold-workedtolerances are shown in Table 8. Hot-finished tolerances areshown in Table 6. The calculated maximum outside diameter isobtained by adding allowances given in X1.4.1 through X1.4.5.

X1.5 STEP 2—Step 2 is used to determine the minimuminside diameter.

X1.5.1 Machined Inside Diameter—Purchaser’s minimumblueprint (finish machine) size including machining tolerance.

X1.5.2 Cleanup Allowance—Sufficient allowance should bemade to remove surface imperfections.

X1.5.3 Decarburization— Decarburization is an importantfactor on the higher carbon grades of steel. Decarburizationlimits are shown in various specifications. For example, thedecarburization limits for bearing steels are shown in ASTMspecifications and for aircraft in AMS and appropriate govern-ment specifications. Decarburization is generally expressed asdepth and, therefore, must be doubled to provide for removalfrom the surface.

X1.5.4 Camber—Refer to X1.4.4.X1.5.5 Inside Diameter Tolerances—If machined true to the

outside diameter, inside diameter tolerances are not used in thisstep. If machined true to the inside diameter, subtract thecomplete spread of tolerance (plus and minus). Cold-workedtolerances are shown in Table 8. Hot-finished tolerances (useoutside diameter tolerances for inside diameter for calculatingpurposes) are shown in Table 6. The calculated minimuminside X1 diameter is obtained by subtracting the sum X1.5.2through X1.5.5 from X1.5.1.

X1.6 STEP 3—Step 3 is used to determine the average wallthickness.

X1.6.1 One half the difference between the maximumoutside diameter and the minimum inside diameter is consid-ered to be the calculated minimum wall. From the calculatedminimum wall, the average is obtained by dividing by 0.90 forcold-worked tubing or 0.875 for hot-finished tubing. Thisrepresents the wall tolerance of610 % for cold-worked tubingand612.5 % for hot-finished tubing. The wall tolerances maybe modified in special cases as covered by applicable tables.

X1.7 STEP 4—Step 4 is used to determine cold-worked orhot-finished tube size when machined true to either the outsidediameter or the inside diameter.

X1.7.1 Cold-Worked Machined True to Outside Diameter—Size obtained in Step 1 minus the over tolerance (shown in“Over’’ column in Table 8) gives the outside diameter to bespecified. The wall thickness to be specified is that determinedin Step 3.

X1.7.2 Cold-Worked Machined True to Inside Diameter—Size obtained in Step 2 plus twice the calculated wall obtainedin Step 3 gives the minimum outside diameter. To find theoutside diameter to be specified, add the under part of thetolerance shown in the under outside diameter column in Table8. The average wall thickness to be specified is that determinedin Step 3. If necessary to specify to inside diameter and wall,the under tolerance for inside diameter (shown in Table 8) isadded to the inside diameter obtained in Step 2.

X1.7.3 Hot-Finish Machined True to Outside Diameter—From the size obtained in Step 1, subtract one half the totaltolerance (shown in Table 6) to find the outside diameter to bespecified. The average wall thickness to be specified is thatdetermined in Step 3.

A 519 – 03

11

X1.7.4 Hot-Finish Machined True to Inside Diameter—Theaverage outside diameter to be specified is obtained by addingthe under part of the tolerance (shown in the under column of

Table 6) to the minimum outside diameter, calculated byadding twice the average wall (from Step 3) to the minimuminside diameter (from Step 2).

SUMMARY OF CHANGES

Committee A01 has identified the location of selected changes to this standard since the last issue (A 519 – 96(2001)) that may impact the use of this standard. (Approved September 10, 2003)

(1) Table 3 was revised to add grade 52100.

ASTM International takes no position respecting the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentionedin this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the riskof infringement of such rights, are entirely their own responsibility.

This standard is subject to revision at any time by the responsible technical committee and must be reviewed every five years andif not revised, either reapproved or withdrawn. Your comments are invited either for revision of this standard or for additional standardsand should be addressed to ASTM International Headquarters. Your comments will receive careful consideration at a meeting of theresponsible technical committee, which you may attend. If you feel that your comments have not received a fair hearing you shouldmake your views known to the ASTM Committee on Standards, at the address shown below.

This standard is copyrighted by ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959,United States. Individual reprints (single or multiple copies) of this standard may be obtained by contacting ASTM at the aboveaddress or at 610-832-9585 (phone), 610-832-9555 (fax), or [email protected] (e-mail); or through the ASTM website(www.astm.org).

A 519 – 03

12

1

机械用无缝碳钢管、合金钢管的标准规范

ASTM A519－2006

1 范围

1、1 此规范包含多种等级的碳合金机械用无缝管规范。等级列于表 1～3中。

当对可焊接机械管钢种进行焊接时,焊接步骤应适应钢种,钢的成分条件及其用途；

1、2 此规范包括无缝热轧机械管材及无缝冷拔机械管,尺寸最大到 12 3/4(323.8)外径；

1、3 钢管应以圆形,正方形,矩形或其它买方所指的形状供应；

1、4 可选择的附加要求,可列于采购合同中；

1、5 单位磅/英尺被视作标准。

2 相关文件

2、1 ASTM 标准

A370 测试方法和钢铁产品机械测试定义

A1040 经锻造碳钢、低合金钢、合金钢的详细标准钢级成分

A59 化学成分分析用钢铁的取样实践

2、2 军事标准

2、3 联邦标准

3 原材料采购

3、1 按批规范的原料采购须遵守以下几点：

3、1、1 数量（英尺、重量、支数）

3、1、2 原料名称（无缝碳钢管或合金机械管件）

3、1、3 形状（圆、正方、矩形或异形）见:章-1

3、1、4 尺寸(直径、外径、壁厚见:章-8；正方、矩形外部尺寸、壁厚见:章-9)

3、1、5 长度（定尺或乱尺、工厂尺寸见 8.5 和 9.5）

3、1、6 制造厂（热加工或冷加工见 4.5 和 4.6）

3、1、7 钢种（章 5）

3、1、8 状态（测量方法和热处理，章 12）

3、1、9 表面处理（特殊酸洗、喷砂、表面打磨）

3、1、10 规格

3、1、11 追加要求（如需要）

3、1、12 终端用户（如知道）

3、1、13 包装

3、1、14 产品分析和化学分析（章 6、7）

3、1、15 特殊要求或期望

3、1、16 特殊标识（章 15）

3、1、17 特殊包装（章 16）

标准分享网 www.bzfxw.com免费标准下载站

2

表 1 低碳钢化学成份

化学成份范围（％）钢级

C A

Mn B

P B

S B

MT 1010 0.05～0.15 0.30～0.60 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

MT 1015 0.10～0.20 0.30～0.60 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

MT X1015 0.10～0.20 0.60～0.90 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

MT 1020 0.15～0.25 0.30～0.60 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

MT X1020 0.15～0.25 0.370～1.00 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

A、限制适用于热处理及产品分析

B、限制适用于热分析；除 6.1 要求外，产品分析受限于表 5的实用性附加允差。

表 2 其它碳钢的化学成份要求

化学成份范围（％）A

钢级 C Mn P

S

1008 ≤0.10 0.30～0.50 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1010 0.08～0.13 0.30～0.60 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1012 0.10～0.15 0.30～0.60 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1015 0.13～0.18 0.30～0.60 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1016 0.13～0.18 0.60～0.90 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1017 0.15～0.20 0.30～0.60 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1018 0.15～0.20 0.60～0.90 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1019 0.15～0.20 0.70～1.00 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1020 0.18～0.23 0.30～0.60 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1021 0.18～0.23 0.60～0.90 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1022 0.18～0.23 0.70～1.00 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1025 0.22～0.28 0.30～0.60 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1026 0.22～0.28 0.60～0.90 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1030 0.28～0.34 0.60～0.90 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1035 0.32～0.38 0.60～0.90 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1040 0.37～0.44 0.60～0.90 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1045 0.43～0.50 0.60～0.90 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1050 0.48～0.55 0.60～0.90 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1518 0.15～0.21 1.10～1.40 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1524 0.19～0.25 1.35～1.65 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

1541 0.36～0.44 1.35～1.65 ≤0.040 ≤0.050

3

A、制定的范围和限制，适用于热分析；除 6.1 要求外，产品分析受限于表 5 的实用性

附加允差。

表 3 合金钢的化学成份要求

注 1：

化学成分范围％钢级A、B

C Mn P

C

max

S CD

max Si Ni Cr Mo

1330 0.28/0.33 1.60/1.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35

1335 0.33/0.38 1.60/1.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35

1340 0.38/0.43 1.60/1.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35

1345 0.43/0.48 1.60/1.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35

3140 0.38/0.43 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.10/1.40 0.55/0.75

E3310 0.08/0.13 0.45/0.60 0.025 0.025 0.15/0.35 3.25/3.75 1.40/1.75

4012 0.09/0.14 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.15/0.25

4023 0.20/0.25 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.30

4024 0.20/0.25 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.035/

0.050 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.30

4027 0.25/0.30 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.30

4028 0.25/0.30 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.035/

0.050 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.30

4037 0.35/0.40 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.30

4042 0.40/0.45 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.30

4047 0.45/0.50 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.30

4063 0.60/0.67 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.30

4118 0.18/0.23 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.60 0.08/0.15

4130 0.28/0.33 0.40/0.60 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25

4135 0.32/0.39 0.65/0.95 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25

4137 0.35/0.40 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25

4140 0.38/0.43 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25

4142 0.40/0.45 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25

4145 0.43/0.48 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25

4147 0.45/0.50 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25

4150 0.48/0.53 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25

4320 0.17/0.22 0.45/0.65 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.40/0.60 0.20/0.30

4337 0.35/0.40 0.60/0.80 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.70/0.90 0.20/0.30

4

化学成分范围％钢级

A、

BC Mn

P C

max

S CD

max Si Ni Cr Mo

E4337 0.35/0.40 0.65/0.85 0.025 0.025 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.70/0.90 0.20/0.30

4340 0.38/0.43 0.60/0.80 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.70/0.90 0.20/0.30

E4340 0.38/0.43 0.65/0.85 0.025 0.025 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.70/0.90 0.20/0.30

4422 0.20/0.25 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.35/0.45

4427 0.24/0.29 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.35/0.45

4520 0.18/0.23 0.45/0.65 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.45/0.60

4615 0.13/0.18 0.45/0.65 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.20/0.30

4617 0.15/0.20 0.45/0.65 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.20/0.30

4620 0.17/0.22 0.45/0.65 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.20/0.30

4621 0.18/0.23 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 1.65/2.00 0.20/0.30

4718 0.16/0.21 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.90/1.20 0.35/0.55 0.30/0.40

4720 0.17/0.22 0.50/0.70 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.90/1.20 0.35/0.55 0.30/0.40

4815 0.13/0.18 0.40/0.60 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 3.25/3.75 0.20/0.30

4817 0.15/0.20 0.40/0.60 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 3.25/3.75 0.20/0.30

4820 0.18/0.23 0.50/0.70 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 3.25/3.75 0.20/0.30

5015 0.12/0.17 0.30/0.50 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.30/0.50

5046 0.43/0.50 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.35

5115 0.13/0.18 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.70/0.90

5120 0.17/0.22 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.70/0.90

5130 0.28/0.33 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10

5132 0.30/0.35 0.60/0.80 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.75/1.00

5135 0.33/0.38 0.60/0.80 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.05

5140 0.38/0.43 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.70/0.90

5145 0.43/0.48 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.70/0.90

5147 0.46/0.51 0.70/0.95 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.85/1.15

5150 0.48/0.53 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.70/0.90

5155 0.51/0.59 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.70/0.90

5160 0.56/0.64 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.70/0.90

52100E

0.93/1.05 0.25/0.45 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.25max 1.35/1.60 0.10max

E50100 0.98/1.10 0.25/0.45 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.60

E51100 0.98/1.10 0.25/0.45 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.90/1.15

5


A、

BC Mn

P C

max

S CD

max Si Ni Cr Mo

E52100 0.98/1.10 0.25/0.45 0.025 0.025 0.15/0.35 1.30/1.60

6118 0.16/0.21 0.50/0.70 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.50/0.70 0.10/0.15

6120 0.17/0.22 0.70/0.90 0.025 0.025 0.15/0.35 0.70/0.90 0.10min

6150 0.48/0.53 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10 0.15min

E7140 0.38/0.43 0.50/0.70 0.025 0.025 0.15/0.40 0.95/1.30 1.40/1.80 0.30/0.40

8115 0.13/0.18 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.40 0.30/0.50 0.08/0.15

8615 0.13/0.18 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8617 0.15/0.20 0.70/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8620 0.18/0.23 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8622 0.20/0.25 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8625 0.23/0.28 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8627 0.25/0.30 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8630 0.28/0.33 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8637 0.35/0.40 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8640 0.38/0.43 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8642 0.40/0.45 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8645 0.43/0.48 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8650 0.48/0.53 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8655 0.51/0.59 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8660 0.55/0.65 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

8720 0.18/0.23 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.20/0.30

8735 0.33/0.38 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.20/0.30

8740 0.38/0.43 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.20/0.30

8742 0.40/0.45 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.20/0.30

8822 0.20/0.25 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.30/0.40

9255 0.51/0.59 0.60/0.80 0.040 0.040 1.80/2.20 0.60/0.80

9260 0.56/0.64 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 1.80/2.20 0.25/0.40

9262 0.55/0.65 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 1.80/2.20 1.00/1.40 0.08/0.15

E9310 0.08/0.13 0.45/0.65 0.025 0.025 0.15/0.35 3.00/3.50

9840 0.38/0.42 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.85/1.15 0.70/0.90 0.20/0.30

9850 0.48/0.53 0.70/0.90 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.85/1.15 0.70/0.90 0.20/0.30

6


A、

BC Mn

P C

max

S CD

max Si Ni Cr Mo

50B40 0.38/0.42 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.60

50B44 0.43/0.48 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.60

50B46 0.43/0.50 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.35

50B50 0.48/0.53 0.74/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.60

50B60 0.55/0.65 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.60

51B60 0.56/0.64 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.70/0.90

81B45 0.43/0.48 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.40 0.35/0.55 0.08/0.15

86B45 0.43/0.48 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.40/0.70 0.40/0.60 0.15/0.25

94B15 0.13/0.18 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.30/0.60 0.30/0.50 0.08/0.15

94B17 0.15/0.20 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.30/0.60 0.30/0.50 0.08/0.15

94B30 0.28/0.33 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.30/0.60 0.30/0.50 0.08/0.15

94B40 0.38/0.43 0.75/1.00 0.040 0.040 0.15/0.35 0.30/0.60 0.30/0.50 0.08/0.15

A、以字母“E”为开头的钢应以碱性电炉冶炼；其它钢以碱性平炉冶炼，但也可以碱性

电炉冶炼,以调整 P和 S的含量。

B、带字母“B”开头的钢级，如：50B40,其硼含量最低含量为 0.0005。

C、每个冶炼方法的 P、S含量的限制范围如下：

碱性电炉 ≤0.025％酸性电炉 ≤0.050％

碱性平炉 ≤0.040％酸性平炉 ≤0.050％

D、硫 S含量的最大与最小值取决于加硫钢。

E、买方可以要求以下元素的最大含量：铜 Cu 0.30％、铝 Al 0.050％、氧 O 0.0015％。

4 材料与制造

4.1 钢可以任意方法制造。

4.2 买方如果对熔炼有特殊要求,则需在合同中注明。

4.3 钢初次熔炼采用脱气或精练。如需二次熔炼如电渣焊或真空电弧重熔等。

4.4 钢可被浇铸为锭块或绳式浇铸，当不同钢级的钢相继浇铸时，需要区分成品材料。

厂商应有明显区分钢级的标识.

4.5 钢管应通过一个无缝制造过程，如热轧或冷拔。

4.6 无缝管不能经焊接制造,无缝管一般有热轧制造，如有要求,则可通过热轧和冷拔

结合的过程作出需要的形状、大小以及性能的无缝管。

5 化学成份

5.1 钢的化学成份应符合表 1（低碳 MT 级）、表 2（高碳钢）、表 3（合金结构钢－见 A

7

1040 说明）以及表 4（碳钢再硫化或再磷化或两则均有－见 A 1040 说明）。

5.2 当无特殊说明时,厂家可自选 MT 1015 或 MTX 1020 供应。

5.3 当碳钢钢号在此规格下，有表 1、表 2之外的特殊要求的合金钢级不被允许。

5.4 其他未注明的钢材分析是可行的，买方应连续厂商以决定其可行性。

表 4 碳钢、再硫化或再磷化或两者均有钢化学成份要求 A

化学成份范围钢级

C Mn P S Pb 铅

1118 0.14/0.20 1.30/1.60 ≤0.040 0.08/0.13

11L18 0.14/0.20 1.30/1.60 ≤0.040 0.08/0.13 0.15/0.35

1132 0.27/0.32 1.35/1.65 ≤0.040 0.08/0.13

1137 0.32/0.39 1.35/1.65 ≤0.040 0.08/0.13

1141 0.37/0.45 1.35/1.65 ≤0.040 0.08/0.13

1144 0.40/0.48 1.35/1.65 ≤0.040 0.24/0.33

1213 ≤0.13 0.70/1.00 0.07/0.12 0.24/0.33

12L14 ≤0.15 0.85/1.15 0.04/0.09 0.26/0.35 0.15/0.35

1215 ≤0.09 0.75/1.05 0.04/0.09 0.26/0.35

A、本表中的范围及限制适用于热分析（除 6.1 要求的）产品分析以表 5中增加的允差为准。

表 5 产品分析允差超过或低于范围或限制

6 熔炼分析

6.1 供方应对每炉次的钢作熔炼分析，如用了二次熔炼，应从一个重熔炼的钢锭取样

分析，其结果应符合要求。

7 产品分析

7.1 除 6.1 规定以外，只有订货有要求时，才作成品分析。

7.1.1 炉号识别：在管坯或钢管上,每炉次取一支试样。

7.1.2 非炉号识别：外径≥76.2mm 钢管每 610m 钢管取一支试样

外径＜76.2mm 钢管每 1520m 钢管取一支试样

7.2 除直读光谱分析外、化学分析应按 ASTM E59 进行抽取，并符合表 1～5 的要求，

试验结果报告需方。

7.3 如第一次试验不合格，可取双倍试样重复试验，两个结果均应符合要求，否则钢

管予以拒收。

8 圆形钢管的尺寸公差

8.1 热轧钢管尺寸公差见表 6和表 7

8

表 6 圆形热轧管的外径公差

外径允差（mm）外径尺寸范围（mm）

＋－

≤76.17 0.51 0.51

76.20～114.27 0.64 0.64

114.30～152.37 0.79 0.79

152.40～190.47 0.94 0.94

190.50～223.57 1.14 1.14

228.60～273.05 1.27 1.27

注：A、此公差不适用于正火＋回火或淬火＋回火状态钢管；

B、一般热轧管的规格：外径 38.1～273mm，壁厚≥3mm；

C、经与厂家协商，允许更大的尺寸与公差。

表 7 圆形热轧钢管的壁厚公差

壁厚公差（±％） S/D (％)

D≤76.19 76.2≤D≤152.3 152.4≤D≤273.05

＜15％ 12.5 10 10

≥15％ 10 7.5 10

注：对于壁厚小于或等于 5.05mm 的部分，不适用此公差，此类公差需与制造商商定。

8.2 冷成形钢管

8.2.1 外径、内径、壁厚偏差不得超过表 8、表 9的规定。

表 9 圆形冷拔管壁厚公差

壁厚公差范围（±％）壁厚 S/外径 D（％）

内径＜38.1 内径≥38.1

≤25％ 10.0 7.5

＞25％ 12.5 10.0

8.2.2 钢管一般按外径和壁厚要求生产。如内径特别重要，可以按内径和壁厚或外径

和内径要求订货。

8.3 粗加工钢管—外径及壁厚公差范围不得超过表 10 所列。表 10 所列公差适用于外

径及壁厚,且适用于所列明尺寸。

8.4 打磨钢管—外径公差范围不得超过表 11 所列公差。该产品通常为冷拔管。

表 10 粗车无缝钢管外径及壁厚公差范围

外径（mm）壁厚（％）外径规定尺寸

＋－＋－

＜171.4 0.13 0.13 12.5 12.5

≥171.4～203.2 0.25 0.25 12.5 12.5

9

表 11 打磨无缝钢管外径尺寸公差

注：壁厚和内径公差与冷拔机械管公差一样（如表 8所示）。

指定长度及尺寸下的外径公差

＋－＋－外径尺寸

（mm）长度小于或等于 4.9m 长度大于 4.9m

≤31.8 0.08 0 0.10 0

＞31.8～50.8 0.13 0 0.15 0

＋－＋－

长度小于或等于 3.7m 长度大于 3.7m

＞50.8～76.2 0.13 0 0.15 0

＞76.2～101.6 0.15 0 0.20 0

8.5 长度钢管一般按制造长度供货，大于或等于 1.5m。定尺长度由需方规定。长

度公差范围如表 12 所示。

表 8 圆形冷拔管外径及内径公差范围

冷拔生产尺寸之后的热处理

不经热处理或低于 593℃的热处理高于 593℃非加速冷却的热处理等温回火

外径内径外径内径外径内径

外径尺寸范围

(in) S/D

＋－＋－＋－＋－＋－＋－

≤0.499 0．004 0．000 －－ 0．005 0．002 －－ 0．010 0．010 0．010 0．010

0.500-1.699 0．005 0．000 0．000 0．005 0．007 0．002 0．002 0．007 0．015 0．015 0．015 0．015

1.700-2.099 0．006 0．000 0．000 0．006 0．006 0．005 0．005 0．006 0．020 0．020 0．020 0．020

2.100-2.499 0．007 0．000 0．000 0．007 0．008 0．005 0．005 0．008 0．023 0．023 0．023 0．023

2.500-2.899 0．008 0．000 0．000 0．008 0．009 0．005 0．005 0．009 0．025 0．025 0．025 0．025

2.900-3.299 0．009 0．000 0．000 0．009 0．011 0．005 0．005 0．011 0．028 0．028 0．028 0．028

3.300-3.699 0．010 0．000 0．000 0．010 0．013 0．005 0．005 0．013 0．030 0．030 0．030 0．030

3.700-4.099 0．011 0．000 0．000 0．011 0．013 0．007 0．010 0．010 0．033 0．033 0．033 0．033

4.100-4.499 0．012 0．000 0．000 0．012 0．014 0．007 0．011 0．011 0．036 0．036 0．036 0．036

4.500-4.899 0．013 0．000 0．000 0．013 0．016 0．007 0．012 0．012 0．038 0．038 0．038 0．038

4.900-5.299 0．014 0．000 0．000 0．014 0．018 0．007 0．013 0．013 0．041 0．041 0．041 0．041

5.300-5.549

all

0．015 0．000 0．000 0．015 0．020 0．007 0．014 0．014 0．044 0．044 0．044 0．044

＜6 0．010 0．010 0．010 0．010 0．018 0．018 0．018 0．018

6－7 1/2 0．009 0．009 0．009 0．009 0．016 0．016 0．016 0．016

5.550-5.999

＞7 0．018 0．000 0．009 0．009 0．017 0．015 0．016 0．016

＜6 0．013 0．013 0．013 0．013 0．023 0．023 0．023 0．023

6－7 1/2 0．010 0．010 0．010 0．010 0．018 0．018 0．018 0．018

6.000-6.499

＞7 0．020 0．000 0．010 0．010 0．020 0．015 0．018 0．018

＜6 0．015 0．015 0．015 0．015 0．027 0．027 0．027 0．027

6－7 1/2 0．012 0．012 0．012 0．012 0．021 0．021 0．021 0．021

6.500-6.999

＞7 0．023 0．00 0．012 0．012 0．026 0．015 0．021 0．021

＜6 0．018 0．018 0．018 0．018 0．032 0．032 0．032 0．032

6－7 1/2 0．013 0．013 0．013 0．013 0．023 0．023 0．023 0．023

7.000-7.499

＞7 0．026 0．000 0．013 0．013 0．031 0．015 0．023 0．023

10

11

冷拔生产热处理之后的尺寸

不经热处理或低于 593℃的热处理高于 593℃非加速冷却的热处理等温回火

外径内径外径外径内径外径

外径尺寸范围

(in) S/D

＋－＋＋－＋＋－＋＋－＋

＜6 0．020 0．020 0．020 0．020 0．035 0．035 0．035 0．035

6－7 1/2 0．015 0．015 0．015 0．015 0．026 0．026 0．026 0．026

7.500-7.999

＞7 0．029 0．00 0．015 0．015 0．036 0．015 0．026 0．026

＜6 0．023 0．023 0．023 0．023 0．041 0．041 0．041 0．041

6－7 1/2 0．016 0．016 0．016 0．016 0．028 0．028 0．028 0．028

8.000-8.499

＞7 0．031 0．000 0．015 0．016 0．033 0．022 0．028 0．028

＜6 0．025 0．025 0．025 0．025 0．044 0．044 0．044 0．044

6－7 1/2 0．017 0．017 0．017 0．017 0．030 0．030 0．030 0．030

8.500-8.999

＞7 0．034 0．000 0．015 0．019 0．033 0．022 0．030 0．030

＜6 0．028 0．028 0．028 0．028 0．045 0．045 0．049 0．049

6－7 1/2 0．019 0．019 0．019 0．019 0．033 0．033 0．033 0．033

9.000-9.499

＞7 0．037 0．000 0．015 0．022 0．043 0．022 0．033 0．033

＜6 0．030 0．030 0．030 0．030 0．045 0．045 0．053 0．053

6－7 1/2 0．020 0．020 0．020 0．020 0．035 0．035 0．035 0．035

9.500-9.999

＞7 0．040 0．000 0．015 0．025 0．048 0．022 0．035 0．035

＜6 0．034 0．034 0．034 0．034 0．045 0．045 0．060 0．060

6－7 1/2 0．022 0．022 0．022 0．022 0．039 0．039 0．039 0．039

10.000-10.999

＞7 0．044 0．000 0．015 0．029 0．055 0．022 0．039 0．039

＜6 0．035 0．035 0．035 0．035 0．050 0．050 0．065 0．065

6－7 1/2 0．025 0．025 0．025 0．025 0．045 0．045 0．045 0．045

11.000-12.000

＞7 0．045 0．000 0．015 0．035 0．060 0．022 0．045 0．045

12

表 12 热轧或冷拔钢管长度公差

公差（mm）长度(m) 外径(mm)

＋－

≤1.2 ≤50.8 1.6 0

≤1.2 ＞50.8～101.6 2.4 0

≤1.2 ＞101.6 3.2 0

1.2～3.0 ≤50.8 2.4 0

1.2～3.0 ＞50.8 3.2 0

3.0～7.3 / 4.8 0

＞7.3 / 4.8～12.7

(每 3m 或超出 7.3m)0

8.6 直度钢管直度公差范围不得超过表 13 中所示。

表 13 圆形无缝钢管的直度公差

注：1、直度偏差是指任意 3英尺（0.9m）钢管之间，钢管与直边之间的凹度，可用塞

规测量。总的弯曲度偏差是指钢管总长内任意点的最大弯曲度，可以将钢管在平板上滚动

用塞规测量其凹度；

2、表列的公差通常用于未退火的、精整退火的、冷静整和热轧中间退火的钢管；

如矫直应力会影响到产品的使用，所列公差不能用于“热处理以后不得矫直的钢管”，矫直

公差也不能用于软化退火或淬火＋回火钢管。

尺寸限制每米弯曲度(mm/m) 总弯曲度(mm) 长度小于 1m 的最大弯曲度

D≤127.0且S/D＞3％ 0.83 0.83×L 0.83mm/m

＞127.0～203.2 且

S/D＞4％ 1.25 1.25×L 1.25mm/m

＞203.2～323.8 且

S/D＞4％ 1.67 1.67×L 1.67mm/m

9 方形和矩形管尺寸允许公差范围

9.1 除供需双方另有商定,外径及壁厚范围不得超出表 14 所列内容。壁厚尺寸不适用

与角过渡.

表 14 冷拔矩形管外径和壁厚允差

横截面最大外径(mm) 壁厚(mm) 包括凸凹面的外径公差壁厚允差(±％)

13

≤19.0

≤19.0

＞19.0～31.8

＞31.8～63.5

＞63.5～88.9

＞63.5～88.9

＞88.9～139.7

＞139.7～190.5

≤1.65

＞1.65

/

/

≤1.65

＞1.65

/

/

±0.38mm

±0.25mm

±0.38mm

±0.51mm

±0.76mm

±0.64mm

±0.76mm

±1％

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

9.2 角半径方管及矩形管角过渡处可有轻微圆角（内外皆有），外角可稍平。方

形及矩形冷拔管的圆角半径需与表 15 一致。

表 15 冷拔方形及矩形管角半径公差

壁厚（mm）最大角半径（mm）

0.51～1.24

1.24～1.65

1.65～2.11

2.11～2.41

2.41～2.77

2.77～3.40

3.40～3.96

3.96～4.78

4.78～6.35

6.35～7.95

7.95～9.52

9.52～12.70

12.70～15.88

2.4

3.2

3.6

4.8

5.2

5.6

6.4

7.1

8.7

11.1

12.7

17.5

21.4

9.3 方度公差

9.3.1 方形及矩形管的方度公差范围，由此公式得出：

±B = C×0.006

其中：B = 外角公差，in(mm)

C = 最大内部对边宽度，in(mm)

9.3.2 边角方度通常可由以下方法得出：

9.3.2.1 用一个两边带有可移动接触点的角尺放在两侧面上，然后用厚薄规去量可移

动接触点和管面之间的最大距离；

9.3.2.2 采用带直读游标尺的角尺来测定角偏差，然后根据该值计算出距离(英尺)。

9.4 扭曲公差

14

9.4.1 方形及矩形管的扭曲公差应与表 16 所列一致,该公差可由以下方法测得：将被

测方形管的一个端面平置于一个平台上（被测管端面需与平台面平行），然后测底面所对应

的另一个端面上的各角距离平台的高度。

9.4.2 扭曲也可用带斜角的量角器,装上水准仪,计算出另一端或整个长度上任一点

的角偏差。

9.5 长度方形及矩形管通常为：≥1.5m。具体切割长度由采购商标定，长度公差

如表 17。

9.6 直度方形及矩形管的直度为：0.060in/3ft（1.67mm/m）。

10 机械加工公差

10.1 特定制成部分中，经机械加工修整过的部分尺寸的计算方法见：附 X1。

11 工件质量、精整和外观

11.1 管子表面应无螺纹、裂缝等不良缺陷，需可适用于优良的商业用途。表面质量

应达到所需求的条件。

12 供货状态

12.1 需方应规定定径方法,必要时标明热处理.

12.1.1 定径方法

12.1.1.1 HF 热成型

12.1.1.2 CW 冷加工

12.1.1.3 N 正常退火

12.1.1.4 RT 粗车

12.1.1.5 G 打磨

12.1.2 热处理

12.1.2.1 A 退火

12.1.2.2 N 正火

12.1.2.3 QT 淬火＋回火

12.1.2.4 SR 去应力或完全退火

13 涂层

13.1 订货指定时，管子在做防锈处理之前，表面应用油膜覆盖。如果订货指明交货

时不带防锈油,制造商所涂的油膜应留在表面。如果订单规定无油膜，买方将对运输过程中

产生的生锈部分负责。

13.2 除非另有规定，制造商可选择在管子内外表面涂防锈油。

14 拒收

14.1 达不到要求的管子，将被搁置开来，并通知到制造商。

15 产品包装及标识

15.1 民用采购每箱、捆或栈板，并且当个别运输时，每根管子应用标签或印刷

标明厂商、品牌、尺寸、级别、买方订单号及标准号（ASTM A519）。

15

15.2 在 15.1 及 15.2 所列要求之外，条形码作为附加标识方法亦可接受。买方可在

订单中注明一种明确的可用条形码系统。

15.3 政府采购当合同或订单中注明，及政府直接采购或直接出给政府的货物，

其运输标识除需达到合同或订单中所列要求之外，军用货物需与 MIL-STD-129 标准相符,

民用货物需与 Fed.Std.No.123 标准相符。

16 包装

16.1 民用采购对于 0.065in(1.65mm)以下的管子,制造商可选择采用装箱、板条

箱、纸板箱、安全的吊带或捆扎来保证运输安全。对于 0.065in 以上的管子，将正常采用

散包或者安全的吊带捆扎。上述常用包装方法之外的特殊包装方式，如果制造商采用的话,

需在订单中注明。

16.2 政府采购当合同中或订单中注明，及政府直接采购或直接出给政府的货物

储存、包装、包裹都必须达到 MIL-STD-163 A 级要求。

17 关键词

17.1 合金钢管、碳钢管、机械管、无缝钢管、钢管。

补充要求

以下要求如果在合同中不作要求，则不予考虑。必要的测试工厂不需做,机械性能试验

依据 A370 进行。

S 1 特别光滑内表面

S 1.1 此规格钢管之用途对于内表面有很高的要求，此产品与传统机械用管不同，经特

殊处理和选择才能达到所需求的表面要求，可接受的轻微划痕和凹坑的的限制列于表 s1。

表 S1 特别光滑钢管的表面要求

表面凹坑的允许深度(mm) 外径尺寸(mm) 壁厚尺寸(mm)

划痕凹坑

1.65～2.77 0.03 0.038 15.8～63.5

＞2.77～6.4 0.03 0.05

2.11～3.2 0.038 0.064

＞3.2～4.8 0.038 0.08 ＞63.5～139.7

＞4.8～9.5 0.05 0.10

3.2～6.4 0.064 0.13 ＞139.7～203.2

＞6.4～12.7 0.08 0.15

S 2 机械性能要求

S 2.1 硬度试验

S 2.1.1 硬度有要求时,制造厂应经商议.典型钢种的硬度要求见：表 S 2

S 2.1.2 有要求时,硬度试验数量应为：管子数量的 1％。

16

S 2.2 抗拉试验

S 2.2.1 抗拉性能有要求时，制造厂应协商。常用钢级的典型性能见：表 S 2

表 S 2 一些碳钢、合金钢的的典型抗拉性能、硬度

抗拉屈服钢级状态

ksi MPa ksi MPa

伸长

(50mm)

硬度

(HB)

HR 50 345 32 221 25 55

CW 70 483 60 414 5 75

SR 65 448 50 345 10 72

A 48 331 28 193 30 50

1020

N 55 379 34 234 22 60

HR 55 379 35 241 25 60

CW 75 517 65 448 5 80

SR 70 483 55 379 8 75

A 53 365 30 207 25 57

1025

N 55 379 36 248 20 60

HR 65 448 40 276 20 72

CW 85 586 75 517 5 88

SR 75 517 65 448 8 80

A 60 414 33 228 25 67

1035

N 65 448 40 276 20 72

HR 75 517 45 310 15 80

CW 90 621 80 552 5 90

SR 80 552 70 483 8 85

A 65 448 35 241 20 72

1045

N 75 517 48 331 15 80

HR 80 552 50 345 10 85

SR 82 565 70 483 6 86

A 68 469 38 262 18 74 1050

N 78 538 50 345 12 82

HR 50 345 35 241 25 55

CW 75 517 60 414 5 80

SR 70 483 55 379 8 75

A 50 345 30 207 25 55

1118

N 55 379 35 241 20 60

1137 HR 70 483 46 276 20 75

17

CW 80 552 65 448 5 85

SR 75 517 60 414 8 80

A 65 448 35 241 22 72

N 70 483 43 296 15 75

HR 90 621 70 483 20 89

SR 105 724 85 586 10 95

A 75 517 55 379 30 81 4130

N 90 621 60 414 20 89

HR 120 855 90 621 15 100

SR 120 855 100 689 10 100

A 80 552 60 414 25 85 4140

N 120 855 90 621 20 100

注：HR—热轧、CW—冷拔、SR—去应力、A—退火、N—正火。

S 2.2.2 抗拉性能有要求时，外径大于76.2mm时每610m钢管从一支管子上取一个试样；

外径小于 76.2mm 时每 1520m 钢管从一支管子上取一个试样。

S 2.2.3 屈服强度是指 0.2％的永久变形或总变形 0.5％的载荷。

S 2.3 无损检测 — 超声波或电磁检测适用；检测方式和范围由工序双方协商。

S 2.4 钢管清洁 — 当有具体清洁要求时，清洁方式和范围由工序双方协商。

S 2.5 淬硬性 — 测试及范围硬在合同中注明。

S 2.6 扩口试验

S 2.6.1 适合扩口的钢管有要求时，应与制造方协商，若钢级适合扩口，应用 60°角

的工具扩口，直到管子在扩口端延长内径的 15％，且未断裂或其他裂缝。

S 2.6.2 若注明扩口试验，应每 1520m 取两个试样进行试验。

S 3 合格证书

S 3.1 生产商或供应商应提供根据以上规格，且满足要求的生产、抽样、测试、检验

材料证书或证明。证明应包括热分析（在买方订货时要求的分析），以及在买方协议或合同

中注明的测试结果。

S 4 拒绝条款

S 4.1 买方应检验从厂商处收到的任一长度的管子，拒收任一不符检验规格的管子，并

将检验结果告知厂商，买卖双方应对拒收品的处理方式达成共识。

S 4.2 在运送或安装过程中，材料失效或发现不良，该材料应被保存，买方需告知厂商，

厂商应对材料的适用性进行多方面的评估。买卖双方应对不良品的处理方式达成共识。

Administrator

高亮

SpecimenNo.: 12

Chemical C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni V Ti Co W Otherscomposition 0.28-0.33 0.15-0.30 0.40-0.60 0.035 max 0.040max 0.80-1.10 0.15-0.25 - - - - - -

Similar FRANCE RUSSIA CHINA SWEDEN JAPAN ITALY AUSTRALIAsteels AISI/SAE ASTM DIN17200 KRUPP AFNOR GOST4543 GB 3077 SS14 JIS G4105 UNI AS1444

4130 A29;A322 1.7218 7218 30CD4 30ChM 30CrMo 2233 SCM430 25CrMo4 4130

Characteristics and applications: A medium carbon, Chromium-Molybdenum steel. Available as hot rolled and cold finished bar and seamless tube, this steel is for

general purpose applications. Variations in heat treatment can obtain a broad range of strength and toughness. This steel has good hardenability, strength, wear resistance, toughness

and ductility. In heat treated condition, it offers good strength and toughness for moderately stressed parts.It is available in forging quality, and aircraft quality.

Heat Descriptions Processes Tempering Tempering Nitriding

treatment Temperature, oC 250-650 200-250 Nitriding is

guide Soaking time, min. 2 hrs min. 2 hrs min. not recom-

Quenching medium air or faster air mended.

48-22 HRC 58-60 HRC

Final heat treatment oC 855 furnace cool Process: The specimen was heated at 855oC and soak for 60 minutes for austenitizing, the original

process of this preheat 500 60 microstructure will be transformed to austenite, then cooled down slowly in the furnace, austenite will

specimen 30 min. min. be transformed to pearlite and ferrite. Strength and hardness decrease, ductility increases.

USA GERMANY UK

Specimen name MaterialFerrous Metal AISI 4130

Normalizing Annealing Full hardening Carbonitriding

1/2hr./25 mm.+1 hr. 1/2hr./25 mm.+1 hr. 1/2hr./25 mm.+1 hr.

900 855 880

45-50 HRC

air or nitrogen furnace cool

60-62 HRC

oil or water oil

Microstructures

Hardness 163-217 HB 217 HB

CDS110

Condition

depend on case depth.

BS 1717

Annealed

850-870

Record of Microstructures

Photo.44:1000x, Same as in Photo.34, but in higher magnification. Dark brown areaare Pearlite, light area are ferrite.

Photo.43:100x, The microstructures consist of Pearlite and Ferrite.

30

Administrator

文本框

图43： 100x, 该显微结构包含珠光体和铁素体。

Administrator

文本框

图44： 1000x, 与图34相同，但放大倍数更高。暗棕色区域为珠光体，浅色区域为铁素体。

Photo.45:1000x, Same as in Photo.44, but in larger area. Light area are Ferrite, dark area are Pearlite.

31

Administrator

文本框

图45： 1000x, 与图44相同，但面积更大。浅色区域为铁素体，暗色区域为珠光体。

SpecimenNo.: 13

Chemical C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni V Ti Co W Otherscomposition 0.28-0.33 0.15-0.30 0.40-0.60 0.035 max 0.040max 0.80-1.10 0.15-0.25 - - - - - -

Similar FRANCE RUSSIA CHINA SWEDEN JAPAN ITALY AUSTRALIAsteels AISI/SAE ASTM DIN KRUPP AFNOR GOST1050 GB 699 SS14 JIS UNI5598 AS1442

4130 A510;A586 1.1259 - CX80 80 80 1778-02 S80C 3CD80 K1082

Characteristics and applications: A medium carbon, Chromium-Molybdenum steel. Available as hot rolled and cold finished bar and seamless tube, this steel is for

general purpose applications. Variations in heat treatment can obtain a broad range of strength and toughness. This steel has good hardenability, strength, wear resistance, toughness

and ductility. In heat treated condition, it offers good strength and toughness for moderately stressed parts.It is available in forging quality, and aircraft quality.

Heat Descriptions Processes Tempering Tempering Nitriding

treatment Temperature, oC 250-650 200-250 Nitriding is

guide Soaking time, min. 2 hrs min. 2 hrs min. not recom-

Quenching medium air or faster air mended.

48-22 HRC 58-60 HRC

Final heat treatment oC 880 Process: The specimen was heated at 880oC and soak for 120 minutes for austenitizing, the original

process of this preheat 500 60 250 microstructure will be transformed to austenite, then quench in water, austenite will be transformed to

specimen 30 min. 120 min. martensite, high strees, high hardness, then tempered at 250oC for 120 minutes. Martensite will be trans-

formed to tempered martensite with lower hardness and higher toughness.

60-62 HRC

Microstructures

Hardness 163-217 HB 217 HB 45-50 HRC

air or nitrogen furnace cool oil or water oil

1/2hr./25 mm.+1 hr. 1/2hr./25 mm.+1 hr. 1/2hr./25 mm.+1 hr. depend on case depth.

900 855 880 850-870

80CS

Normalizing Annealing Full hardening Carbonitriding

USA GERMANY UKBS 1449

Specimen name Material ConditionFerrous Metal AISI 4130 Hardened by quenching and temperingRecord of Microstructures

Photo.46:100x, Microstructure after quenching and tempering is Martensite. Photo.47:1000x, Same as in Photo.46, but in higher magnification.The structures areMartensite.

32

Administrator

文本框

图46： 100x，经淬火、回火处理，该显微结构为马氏体。

Administrator

文本框

图47：1000x，与图46相同，但放大倍数更高。该结构为马氏体。

200

Photo.48:500x, The microstructures are Martensite

33

Administrator

文本框

图48： 500x, 该显微结构为马氏体。